User Manual

ManualsBrandsD-Link ManualsWork Lightsdgs-3420

xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide

Summary of content (938 pages)

PAGE 1
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide I
PAGE 2
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Table of Contents Chapter 1 Using Command Line Interface........................................................................................... 1 Chapter 2 Basic Management Commands .......................................................................................... 8 Chapter 3 802.1X Commands............................................................................................................
PAGE 3
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 35 IGMP Proxy Commands ............................................................................................. 355 Chapter 36 IGMP Snooping Commands ....................................................................................... 360 Chapter 37 IGMP Snooping Multicast (ISM) VLAN Commands .................................................... 381 Chapter 38 IP Routing Commands .....................
PAGE 4
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 71 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Command List ..................................................... 696 Chapter 72 RIPng Commands ....................................................................................................... 701 Chapter 73 RSPAN Commands.....................................................................................................
PAGE 5
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 1 Using Command Line Interface The DGS-3420 Layer 2+ stackable Gigabit Ethernet switch series are members of the D-Link xStack® family.
PAGE 6
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 1-2 Setting the Switch’s IP Address Each Switch must be assigned its own IP Address, which is used for communication with an SNMP network manager or other TCP/IP application (for example BOOTP, TFTP). The Switch’s default IP address is 10.90.90.90. You can change the default Switch IP address to meet the specification of your networking address scheme. The Switch is also assigned a unique MAC address by the factory.
PAGE 7
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide In the above example, the Switch was assigned an IP address of 10.24.22.100 with a subnet mask of 255.0.0.0. The system message Success indicates that the command was executed successfully. The Switch can now be configured and managed via Telnet, SNMP MIB browser and the CLI or via the Web-based management agent using the above IP address to connect to the Switch. There are a number of helpful features included in the CLI.
PAGE 8
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide In addition, after typing any given command plus one space, users can see all of the next possible sub-commands, in sequential order, by repeatedly pressing the Tab key. To re-enter the previous command at the command prompt, press the up arrow cursor key. The previous command will appear at the command prompt.
PAGE 9
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: show Next possible completions: 802.1p 802.
PAGE 10
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide In the above example, all of the possible next parameters for the show command are displayed. At the next command prompt, the up arrow was used to re-enter the show command, followed by the account parameter. The CLI then displays the user accounts configured on the Switch.
PAGE 11
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ipif 12 means the maximum length of the IP interface name. metric 1-31 means the legal range of the metric value. 1-4 Line Editing Keys Keys Description Delete Delete character under cursor and shift remainder of line to left. Backspace Delete character to left of cursor and shift remainder of line to left. CTRL+R Toggle on and off.
PAGE 12
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 2 Basic Management Commands create account [admin | operator | power_user | user] {encrypt [plain_text | sha_1] } enable password encryption disable password encryption config account {encrypt [plain_text | sha_1] } show account delete account show session show switch show environment config temperature [trap | log] state [enable | disable] config temperature
PAGE 13
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide operator - Specify the name of the operator account. power_user - Specify a power user level account. The power user level is lower than the operator level and higher than the user level. user - Specify the name of the user account. - Specify a username of up to 15 characters. encrypt - Specifies the encryption used. plain_text - Specify the password in plain text form.
PAGE 14
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-2 enable password encryption Description The user account configuration information will be stored in the configuration file, and can be applied to the system later. If the password encryption is enabled, the password will be in encrypted form when it is stored in the configuration file. When password encryption is disabled, the password will be in plain text form when it is stored in the configuration file.
PAGE 15
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable password encryption: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable password encryption Command: disable password encryption Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-4 config account Description When the password information is not specified in the command, the system will prompt the user to input the password interactively.
PAGE 16
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To configure the user password of the “administrator” account: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config account administrator encrypt sha_1 *@&NWoZK3kTsExUV00Ywo1G5jlUKKv+toYg Command: config account administrator encrypt sha_1 *@&NWoZK3kTsExUV00Ywo1G5jlUKKv+toYg Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-5 show account Description This command is used to display user accounts that have been created.
PAGE 17
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete account Parameters - Specify the name of the user who will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. One active admin user must exist. Example To delete the user account “System”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete account System Command: delete account System Success.
PAGE 18
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Total Entries: 1 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page p Previous Page r Refresh 2-8 show switch Description This command is used to display the switch information. Format show switch Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 19
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Web SNMP SSL Status SSH Status 802.
PAGE 20
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Low Warning Temperature Threshold(Celsius) : 11 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-10 config temperature Description This command is used to configure the warning trap or log state of the system internal temperature. Format config temperature [trap | log] state [enable | disable] Parameters trap - Specify to configure the warning temperature trap. log - Specify to configure the warning temperature log.
PAGE 21
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-11 config temperature threshold Description This command is used to configure the warning temperature high threshold or low threshold. When temperature is above the high threshold or below the low threshold, SW will send alarm traps or keep the logs. Format config temperature threshold {high | low }(1) Parameters high - Specify the high threshold value.
PAGE 22
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 23
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config serial_port baud_rate 9600 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-14 enable clipaging Description This command is used to enable pausing of the screen display when show command output reaches the end of the page. The default setting is enabled. Format enable clipaging Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 24
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable pausing of the screen display when show command output reaches the end of the page: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable clipaging Command: disable clipaging Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-16 enable telnet Description This command is used to enable Telnet and configure a port number.
PAGE 25
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable telnet Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable Telnet: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable telnet Command: disable telnet Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-18 enable web Description This command is used to enable Web UI and configure the port number. The default setting is enabled and the port number is 80.
PAGE 26
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-19 disable web Description This command is used to disable Web UI. Format disable web Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable HTTP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable web Command: disable web Success.
PAGE 27
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To save the current configuration to the bootup configuration file: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#save Command: save Saving all configurations to NV-RAM.......... Done.
PAGE 28
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters force_agree – (Optional) Specify to immediately execute the reboot command without further confirmation. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 29
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Are you sure you want to proceed with system reset except IP address, log, user account and banner?(y/n) y Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To reset the system configuration settings: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#reset config Command: reset config Are you sure to proceed with system reset?(y/n) Success.
PAGE 30
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-24 logout Description This command is used to log out of the switch. Format logout Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To logout of the switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#logout Command: logout *********** * Logout * *********** DGS-3420-28SC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.024 Copyright(C) 2011 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved.
PAGE 31
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To clear the terminal screan: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear Command: clear 2-26 config terminal width Description This command is used to configure the terminal width. Format config terminal width [default | ] Parameters default - Specify the default terminal width value. - Specify a terminal width value between 80 and 200 characters.
PAGE 32
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show terminal width Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the configuration of the current terminal width: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show terminal width Command: show terminal width Global terminal width Current terminal width : 80 : 80 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 2-28 show device_status Description This command displays current status of power(s) and fan(s) on the system.
PAGE 33
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show device status, the number 1, 2, 3 etc represent the fan number: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show device_status Command: show device_status Unit 1: Internal Power: Active External Power: Fail Right Fan : OK DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 29
PAGE 34
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 3 802.1X Commands enable 802.1x disable 802.1x create 802.1x user delete 802.1x user show 802.1x user config 802.1x auth_protocol [local | radius_eap] show 802.1x {[auth_state | auth_configuration] ports {}} config 802.1x capability ports [ | all] [authenticator | none] config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports [ | all] [enable | disable] config 802.
PAGE 35
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the 802.1X function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable 802.1x Command: enable 802.1x Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-2 disable 802.1x Description This command is used to disable the 802.1X function. Format disable 802.1x Parameters None.
PAGE 36
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-3 create 802.1x user Description This command is used to create an 802.1X user. Format create 802.1x user Parameters - Specify to add a user name. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To create a user named “ctsnow”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create 802.1x user ctsnow Command: create 802.
PAGE 37
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the user named “Tiberius”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete 802.1x user Tiberius Command: delete 802.1x user Tiberius Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-5 show 802.1x user Description This command is used to display 802.1X local user account information. Format show 802.1x user Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display 802.1X user information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show 802.
PAGE 38
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config 802.1x auth_protocol [local | radius_eap] Parameters local - Specifiy the authentication protocol as local. radius_eap - Specify the authentication protocol as RADIUS EAP. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the 802.1X RADIUS EAP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config 802.1x auth_protocol radius_eap Command: config 802.
PAGE 39
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Authentication Protocol Forward EAPOL PDU Max User RADIUS Authorization : : : : RADIUS_EAP Disabled 448 Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display the 802.1x state for ports 1 to 5: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show 802.1x auth_state ports 1-4 Command: show 802.1x auth_state ports 1-4 Status: A – Authorized; U – Unauthorized; (P): Port-Based 802.
PAGE 40
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-8 config 802.1x capability ports Description This command is used to configure port capability. Format config 802.1x capability ports [ | all] [authenticator | none] Parameters - Specify a range of ports to be configured. all - Specify to configure all ports.
PAGE 41
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the 802.1X PDU forwarding state on ports 1 to 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports 1-2 enable Command: config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports 1-2 enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-10 config 802.1x fwd_pdu system Description This command is used to configure the 802.1X PDU forwarding state.
PAGE 42
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config 802.
PAGE 43
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the parameters that control the operation of the authenticator associated with a port: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Command: config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-12 config 802.
PAGE 44
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config 802.1x init [port_based ports [ | all] | mac_based ports [ | all] {mac_address }] Parameters port_based ports - Used to configure authentication in port-based mode. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. all - Specify to configure all ports. mac_based ports - To configure authentication in host-based 802.1X mode.
PAGE 45
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config 802.1x max_users 2 Command: config 802.1x max_users 2 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-15 config 802.1x reauth Description This command is used to reauthenticate the device connected with the port. During the reauthentication period, the port status remains authorized until failed reauthentication. Format config 802.
PAGE 46
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create 802.1x guest_vlan Parameters - Specify the static VLAN to be a guest VLAN. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To assign a static VLAN to be a guest VLAN: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create 802.1x guest_vlan guestVLAN Command: create 802.1x guest_vlan guestVLAN Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-17 delete 802.
PAGE 47
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-18 config 802.1x guest_vlan ports Description This command is used to configure a guest VLAN setting. Format config 802.1x guest_vlan ports [ | all] state [enable | disable] Parameters - Specify a range of ports to be configured. all - Specify to configure all ports. state - Specify the guest VLAN port state of the configured ports. enable - Join the guest VLAN. disable - Remove from guest VLAN.
PAGE 48
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display guest VLAN information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show 802.1x guest_vlan Command: show 802.1x guest_vlan Guest Vlan Setting ----------------------------------------------------------Guest vlan : guest Enable guest vlan ports : 1-10 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-20 config radius add Description This command is used to add a new RADIUS server.
PAGE 49
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To add a new RADIUS server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config radius add 1 10.48.74.121 key dlink default Command: config radius add 1 10.48.74.121 key dlink default Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-21 config radius delete Description This command is used to delete a RADIUS server.
PAGE 50
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config radius {ipaddress [ | ] | key | auth_port [ | default] | acct_port [ | default] | timeout [ | default] | retransmit [ | default]}(1) Parameters - Specify the RADIUS server index. ipaddress - Specify the IP address of the RADIUS server.
PAGE 51
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show radius Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display RADIUS server configurations: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show radius Command: show radius Index 1 IP Address Auth-Port Acct-Port Timeout Retransmit Key : : : : : : 192.168.69.
PAGE 52
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display authenticator statistics information for port 3: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show auth_statistics ports 3 Command: show auth_statistics ports 3 Auth VID :100 MAC Address :00-00-00-00-00-03 Port number : 3 EapolFramesRx EapolFramesTx EapolStartFramesRx EapolReqIdFramesTx EapolLogoffFramesRx EapolReqFramesTx EapolRespIdFramesRx EapolRespFramesRx InvalidEapolFramesRx EapLengthErrorFramesRx LastEapolFrameVersion La
PAGE 53
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide MAC Address Port number : 1 00-00-00-00-00-03 EntersConnecting EapLogoffsWhileConnecting EntersAuthenticating SuccessWhileAuthenticating TimeoutsWhileAuthenticating FailWhileAuthenticating ReauthsWhileAuthenticating EapStartsWhileAuthenticating EapLogoffWhileAuthenticating ReauthsWhileAuthenticated EapStartsWhileAuthenticated EapLogoffWhileAuthenticated BackendResponses BackendAccessChallenges BackendOtherRequestsToSuppl
PAGE 54
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Port number : 3 SessionOctetsRx SessionOctetsTx SessionFramesRx SessionFramesTx SessionId SessionAuthenticMethod SessionTime SessionTerminateCause SessionUserName 0 0 0 0 Remote Authentication Server 0 SupplicantLogoff CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page p Previous Page r Refresh 3-27 show auth_client Description This command is used to display authentication client information.
PAGE 55
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts radiusAuthClientAccessRejects radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators radiusAuthClientPendingRequests radiusAuthClientTimeouts radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 radiusAuthClient ==> radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses radiusAuthClientIdentifier 0 D-Link radiusAuthServerEntry =
PAGE 56
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide radiusAuthClientTimeouts radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped 0 0 0 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 3-28 show acct_client Description This command is used to display account client information Format show acct_client Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 57
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide radiusAcctClient ==> radiusAcctClientInvalidServerAddresses radiusAcctClientIdentifier 0 D-Link radiusAuthServerEntry ==> radiusAccServerIndex : 2 radiusAccServerAddress radiusAccClientServerPortNumber radiusAccClientRoundTripTime radiusAccClientRequests radiusAccClientRetransmissions radiusAccClientResponses radiusAccClientMalformedResponses radiusAccClientBadAuthenticators radiusAccClientPendingRequests radiusAccClient
PAGE 58
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config accounting service [network | shell | system] state [enable | disable] Parameters network - Specifies that when enabled, the Switch will send informational packets to a remote RADIUS server when 802.1X, WAC and JWAC port access control events occur on the Switch. By default, the service is disabled.
PAGE 59
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display accounting service information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show accounting service Command: show accounting service Accounting State ------------------Network : Disabled Shell : Disabled System : Disabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 55
PAGE 60
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 4 Access Authentication Control (AAC) Commands enable authen_policy disable authen_policy show authen_policy create authen_login method_list_name config authen_login [default | method_list_name ] method {tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius | server_group | local | none}(1) delete authen_login method_list_name show authen_login [default | method_list_name |
PAGE 61
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide via one or more centralized TACACS servers, utilizing the UDP protocol for packet transmission. 2. Extended TACACS (XTACACS) — An extension of the TACACS protocol with the ability to provide more types of authentication requests and more types of response codes than TACACS. This protocol also uses UDP to transmit packets. 3.
PAGE 62
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: This Switch also support the assignment of user privilege by a TACACS+ server. Note: TACACS, XTACACS and TACACS+ are separate entities and are not compatible. The Switch and the server must be configured exactly the same, using the same protocol. (For example, if the Switch is set up for TACACS authentication, so must be the host server.
PAGE 63
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable system access authentication policy: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable authen_policy Command: disable authen_policy Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-3 show authen_policy Description This command is used to display whether system access authentication policy is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 64
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 4-4 create authen_login method_list_name Description This command is used to create a user-defined method list of authentication methods for user login. The maximum supported number of the login method lists is eight. Format create authen_login method_list_name Parameters - Specify the user-defined method list name. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 65
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters default – Specify the default method list of authentication methods. method_list_name - Specify the user-defined method list of authentication methods. - Specify the user-defined method list of authentication methods. The method list name can be up to 15 characters long. method - Choose the desired authentication method: tacacs - Specify authentication by the built-in server group TACACS.
PAGE 66
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete a user-defined method list for user login: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete authen_login method_list_name login_list_1 Command: delete authen_login method_list_name login_list_1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-7 show authen_login Description This command is used to display the method list of authentication methods for user login.
PAGE 67
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 4-8 create authen_enable method_list_name Description This command is used to create a user-defined method list of authentication methods for promoting a user's privilege to Admin level. The maximum supported number of the enable method lists is eight. Format create authen_enable method_list_name Parameters - Specify the user-defined method list name.
PAGE 68
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters default - Specify the default method list of authentication methods. method_list_name - Specify the user-defined method list of authentication methods. - Specify the user-defined method list of authentication methods. The method list name can be up to 15 characters long. method - Choose the desired authentication method: tacacs - Specify authentication by the built-in server group TACACS.
PAGE 69
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete a user-defined method list for promoting a user's privilege to Admin level: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 Command: delete authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-11 show authen_enable Description This command is used to display the method list of authentication methods for promoting a user's privilege to Administrator level.
PAGE 70
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Total Entries : 3 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-12 config authen application Description This command is used to configure login or enable method list for all or the specified application. Format config authen application [console | telnet | ssh | http | all] [login | enable] [default | method_list_name ] Parameters console - Specify an application: console. telnet - Specify an application: Telnet.
PAGE 71
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show authen application Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 72
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create authen server_group mix_1 Command: create authen server_group mix_1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-15 config authen server_group Description This command is used to add or remove an authentication server host to or from the specified server group.
PAGE 73
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-16 delete authen server_group Description This command is used to delete a user-defined authentication server group. Format delete authen server_group Parameters - Specify the user-defined server group name. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 74
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all authentication server groups: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show authen server_group Command: show authen server_group Group Name --------------mix_1 radius tacacs tacacs+ xtacacs IP Address --------------10.1.1.222 10.1.1.224 10.1.1.225 10.1.1.226 10.1.1.
PAGE 75
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide retransmit - (Optional) Specify the count for re-transmit. This value is meaningless for TACACS+. The default value is 2. - Specify the count for re-transmit. This value is meaningless for TACACS+. The default value is 2. The re-transmit value must be between 1 and 20. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 76
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide seconds. The timeout value must be between 1 and 255 seconds. retransmit - Specify the count for re-transmit. This value is meaningless for TACACS+. The default value is 2. - Specify the count for re-transmit. This value is meaningless for TACACS+. The default value is 2. The re-transmit value must be between 1 and 20. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 77
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-21 show authen server_host Description This command is used to display authentication server hosts. Format show authen server_host Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To display all authentication server hosts: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show authen server_host Command: show authen server_host IP Address --------------10.1.1.
PAGE 78
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To configure 60 seconds for user to input: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config authen parameter response_timeout 60 Command: config authen parameter response_timeout 60 Success.
PAGE 79
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show authen parameter Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To display the authentication parameters: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show authen parameter Command: show authen parameter Response Timeout : 60 seconds User Attempts : 9 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-25 enable admin Description This command is used to promote the "user" privilege level to "admin" level.
PAGE 80
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable admin Password:******** DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 4-26 config admin local_enable Description This command is used to configure the local enable password for the enable command. When the user chooses the local_enable method to promote the privilege level, the enable password of the local device is needed.
PAGE 81
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config admin local_enable encrypt sha_1 *@&cRDtpNCeBiq15KOQsKVyrA0sAiCIZQwq Command: config admin local_enable encrypt sha_1 *@&cRDtpNCeBiq15KOQsKVyrA0sAiCIZQwq Success.
PAGE 82
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 5 Access Control List (ACL) Commands create access_profile profile_id profile_name [ethernet {vlan {} | source_mac | destination_mac | 802.
PAGE 83
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 0xffffffff> | offset_16-31 | offset_32-47 | offset_48-63 | offset_64-79 <
PAGE 84
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide dst_port_mask } | protocol_id_mask {user_define_mask }]}(1) | packet_content_mask {offset_chunk_1 | offset_chunk_2 | offset_chunk_3 | offset_chunk_4 }(1) | ipv6 {class | flowlabel | source_ipv6_mask | destination_ipv6_mask
PAGE 85
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide packet_content_mask - A maximum of six offsets can be specified. Each offset defines one byte of data which is identified as a single UDF field. The offset reference is also configurable. It can be defined to start at the end of the tag, the end of the Ethernet type, or the end of the IP header.
PAGE 86
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create access_profile profile_id 2 profile_name 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 255.255.255.255 destination_ip_mask 255.255.255.0 dscp icmp Command: create access_profile profile_id 2 profile_name 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 255.255.255.255 destination_ip_mask 255.255.255.0 dscp icmp Success.
PAGE 87
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config access_profile [profile_id | profile_name ] [add access_id [auto_assign | ] [ethernet {[vlan | vlan_id ] {mask } | source_mac {mask } | destination_mac {mask } | 802.
PAGE 88
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ip - Specify an IP access control list rule. vlan - Specify the VLAN name. -Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID. - Specify the VLAN ID between 1 and 4094. mask - (Optional)Specify the mask. - Specify the mask. source_ip - Specify an IP source address. - Specify an IP source address.
PAGE 89
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide offset_chunk_1 - Specifies the contents of the offset trunk 1 to be monitored. - Enter the contents of the offset trunk 1 to be monitored here. mask - Specifies an additional mask for each field. - Enter the additional mask value used here. offset_chunk_2 - Specifies the contents of the offset trunk 2 to be monitored.
PAGE 90
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide all ports and packets must belong to the configured VLAN. It can be specified by VLAN name or VLAN ID. vlan - Specify the VLAN name. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlan_id - Specify the VLAN ID. - Specify the VLAN ID between 1 and 4094. permit - Specify the packets that match the access profile are permit by the switch.
PAGE 91
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-4 show access_profile Description This command is used to display the current access list table. Format show access_profile {[profile_id | profile_name ]} Parameters profile_id - (Optional) Specify the index of the access list profile. - Specify the profile ID between 1 and 6. profile_name - (Optional) Specify the name of the access list profile.
PAGE 92
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide -Rule ID : 256 (auto assign) Ports: Match on: VLAN ID : 8 Source MAC : 00-01-02-03-04-00 802.1p Action: Deny =============================================================================== ==== Profile ID: 3 Profile Name: 3 Type: IPv4 Mask on Source IP : 255.255.255.
PAGE 93
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Profile ID: 4 Profile Name: System Consumed HW Entries: 4 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# Note: “Total User Set Entries” indicates the total number of ACL rules created by the user. “Total Used HW Entries” indicates the total number of hardware entries used in the device. “Available HW Entries” indicates the total number of available hardware entries in the device.
PAGE 94
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-5 config time_range Description This command is used to define a specific range of time to activate a function on the Switch by specifying which time range in a day and which days in a week are covered in the time range. Note that the specified time range is based on SNTP time or configured time. If this time is not available, then the time range will not be met.
PAGE 95
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show time_range Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 96
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the ACL part of the current configuration: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show current_config access_profile Command: show current_config access_profile #----------------------------------------------------------------------------# ACL create access_profile Ethernet vlan profile_id 1 config access_profile profile_id 1 add access_id 1 ethernet vlan default port 1 permit create access_profile ip source_ip_mask 255.
PAGE 97
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-9 create cpu access_profile profile_id Description This command is used to create CPU access list profiles. Format create cpu access_profile profile_id [ethernet {vlan | source_mac | destination_mac | 802.
PAGE 98
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide syn - (Optional) Specify to synchronize sequence numbers. fin - (Optional) No more data from sender. udp - Specify that the rule applies to UDP traffic. src_port_mask - (Optional) Specify the UDP source port mask. - Specify the UDP source port mask. dst_port_mask - (Optional) Specify the UDP destination port mask. - Specify the UDP destination port mask.
PAGE 99
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create cpu access_profile profile_id 2 ip source_ip_mask 255.255.255.255 Command: create cpu access_profile profile_id 2 ip source_ip_mask 255.255.255.25 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 5-10 config cpu access_profile profile_id Description This command is used to configure CPU access list entries.
PAGE 100
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ethernet_type - Specify the Ethernet type. - Specify the Ethernet type. ip - Specify an IP access control list rule. vlan - Specify the VLAN name. -Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID. - Specify the VLAN ID between 1 and 4094. source_ip - Specify an IP source address. - Specify an IP source address.
PAGE 101
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the mask for packet bytes 44-47. offset_48-63 - Specify the mask for packet bytes 48-63. - Specify the mask for packet bytes 48-51. - Specify the mask for packet bytes 52-55. - Specify the mask for packet bytes 56-59. - Specify the mask for packet bytes 60-63.
PAGE 102
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters profile_id - (Optional) Specify the index of an access list profile. - Specify value between 1 and 5. Restrictions None.
PAGE 103
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Rule ID : 1 Time Range: ben Match on Dest IP Ports: 1-28 : 10.90.90.12 Mask : 255.255.255.
PAGE 104
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Source Port Dest Port : 0xFFFF : 0xFFFF Unused Rule Entries: 93 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Rule ID : 1 Ports: 1 Match on Class Flow Label Source IPv6 Mask Dest IPv6 Mask TCP Source Port Dest Port : : : : : : 123 0x12345 2001:: FFFF:: 2002:: FFFF:: : 1024 : 0 Mask : 0x0 Action: Permit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Rule
PAGE 105
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 5-12 enable cpu_interface_filtering Description This command is used to enable CPU interface filtering. Format enable cpu_interface_filtering Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable CPU interface filtering: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable cpu_interface_filtering Command: enable cpu_interface_filtering Success.
PAGE 106
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable CPU interface filtering: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable cpu_interface_filtering Command: disable cpu_interface_filtering Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 5-14 config flow_meter Description This command is used to configure the flow-based metering function. The metering function supports three modes: single rate two color, single rate three color, and two rate three color.
PAGE 107
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide rate - Specify the rate for single rate two color mode. Specify the committed bandwidth in Kbps for the flow. - Specify the value between 0 and 1048576. burst_size - (Optional) Specify the burst size for the single rate two color mode. The unit is Kbyte. - Specify the value between 0 and 131072.
PAGE 108
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Disable the packet counter for the specified ACL entry in the green flow. sr_tcm - Specify the “single-rate three-color mode”. cir -Specify the Committed Information Rate. The unit is in Kbps. - Specify the value between 0 and 1048576. cbs - Specify the Committed Burst Size. The unit is in Kbyte. - Specify the value between 0 and 131072. ebs - Specify the Excess Burst Size.
PAGE 109
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2000 pbs 200 conform replace_dscp 21 exceed drop violate permit Success.
PAGE 110
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show flow_meter Command: show flow_meter Flow Meter Information -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile ID:1 Aceess ID:1 Mode : trTCM / ColorBlind CIR(Kbps):1000 CBS(Kbyte):200 PIR(Kbps):2000 PBS(Kbyte):200 Action: Conform : Permit Counter: Disabled Exceed : Permit Replace DSCP: 21 Counter: Disabled Violate : Permit Replace DSCP: 21 Counter: Disabled --------
PAGE 111
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 6 Access Control List (ACL) Egress Command List create egress_access_profile profile_id profile_name [ethernet {vlan {} | source_mac | destination_mac | 802.
PAGE 112
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide delete port_group [id | name ] show port_group {id | name } 6-1 create egress_access_profile Description This command is used to create an egress access list profile. For example, for some hardware, it may be invalid to specify destination IPv6 address and source IPv6 address at the same time. The user will be prompted for these limitations.
PAGE 113
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide src_port_mask - Specifies the TCP source port mask. - Enter the TCP source port mask value here. dst_port_mask - Specifies the TCP destination port mask. - Enter the TCP source port mask value here. flag_mask - (Optional) Specifies the TCP flag field mask. all - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'all'. urg - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'urg'.
PAGE 114
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 6-2 delete egress_access_profile Description Delete egress access profile command can only delete the profile which is created by egress ACL module. Format delete egress_access_profile [profile_id | profile_name | all] Parameters profile_id - Specifies the index of the egress access list profile. - Enter the profile ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 4.
PAGE 115
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide {user_define {mask }}]} | ipv6 {class | source_ipv6 {mask } | destination_ipv6 {mask } | [tcp {src_port {mask } | dst_port {mask }} | udp {src_port {mask } | dst_port {mask }} | icmp {type
PAGE 116
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide mask - Specifies the destination IP address used here. - Enter the destination network mask here. dscp - (Optional) Specifies the value of DSCP. The DSCP value ranges from 0 to 63. - Enter the DSCP value used here. This value must be between 0 and 63. icmp - (Optional) Specifies that the following parameters configured will apply to the ICMP configuration.
PAGE 117
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the IPv6 source address mask value here. destination_ipv6 - (Optional) Specifies the value of IPv6 destination address. - Enter the source IPv6 destination address here. mask - Specifies the IPv6 destination address mask here. - Enter the IPv6 destination address mask value here.
PAGE 118
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide the “counter” is overridden. enable - Specifies that the ACL counter feature will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the ACL counter feature will be disabled. deny - Specifies the packets that match the egress access rule are filtered by the switch. time_range - (Optional) Specifies the name of the time range entry. - Enter the time range value here. This name can be up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 119
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters profile_id - (Optional) Specifies the index of the egress access list profile. - Enter the profile ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4. profile_name - (Optional) Specifies the name of the profile. The maximum length is 32 characters. - Enter the profile name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. If no parameter is specified, will show the all egress access profile.
PAGE 120
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Destination IP DSCP : 255.255.255.255 Available Hardware Entries : 126 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Rule ID : 1 (auto assign) Port group: 1 Match on Source IP Destination IP DSCP : 10.0.0.2 : 10.90.90.
PAGE 121
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show egress_access_profile profile_id 1 Command: show egress_access_profile profile_id 1 Egress Access Profile Table =============================================================================== = Profile ID: 1 Profile name: 1 Type: Ethernet Mask on Source MAC : FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF Available Hardware Entries : 127 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Rule ID :
PAGE 122
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show current_config egress_access_profile Command: show current_config egress_access_profile #-----------------------------------------------------------------------------# Egress ACL create egress_access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name 1 ethernet source_mac FFFF-FF-FF-FF-FF config egress_access_profile profile_id 1 add access_id 1 ethernet source_mac 00 -00-00-00-00-01 vlan_based vlan_id 1 permit cr
PAGE 123
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the profile ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 4. profile_name - Specifies the name of the profile. - Enter the profile name used here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. access_id - Specifies the access ID. - Enter the access ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 128. rate - This specifies the rate for single rate two-color mode.
PAGE 124
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide permit - Permit the packet. replace_dscp - (Optional) Changes the DSCP of the packet. - Enter the DSCP replace value here. This value must be between 0 and 63. drop - Drops the packet. counter - (Optional) Specifies the ACL counter. This is optional. The default is “disable”. The resource may be limited so that a counter cannot be turned on. Counters will be cleared when the function is disabled.
PAGE 125
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a “two rates three color” flow meter: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config egress_flow_meter profile_id 1 access_id 1 tr_tcm cir 1000 cbs 200 pir 2000 pbs 200 exceed permit replace_dscp 21 violate drop Command: config egress_flow_meter profile_id 1 access_id 1 tr_tcm cir 1000 cbs 200 pir 2000 pbs 200 exceed permit replace_dscp 21 violate drop Success.
PAGE 126
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show egress_flow_meter Command: show egress_flow_meter Flow Meter Information: -----------------------Profile ID : 1 Access ID : 1 Mode : trTcm / color-blind CIR:1000(Kbps) CBS:2000(Kbyte) PIR:2000(Kbps) PBS:2000(Kbyte) Actions: Conform : Permit Replace DSCP : 11 Counter : enable Exceed : Permit Replace DSCP : 22 Counter : enable Violate : Drop Profile ID : 1 Access ID : 1 Mode : srTcm / color-blind CI
PAGE 127
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create port_group id 2 name group2 Command: create port_group id 2 name group2 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 6-9 config port_group Description This command is used to add or delete a port list to a port group. Format config port_group [id | name ] [add | delete] [ | all] Parameters id - Specifies the port group ID. - Enter the port group ID used here.
PAGE 128
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters id - Specifies the port group ID. - Enter the port group ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 64. name - Specifies the port group name. - Enter the port group name here. This name can be up to 16 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 129
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show port_group Command: show port_group Port Group Table --------------------------------------------Port Group ID Port Group Name Ports 1 group1 1-2,5 2 group2 4-5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19-25 4 group3 5-7 Total Entries :3 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 125
PAGE 130
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 7 ARP Commands create arpentry delete arpentry [ | all] config arpentry config arp_aging time show arpentry {ipif | ipaddress | static | mac_address } clear arptable show ipfdb {[ip_address | interface | port ]} 7-1 create arpentry Description This command is used to enter an IP address and
PAGE 131
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete arpentry [ | all] Parameters - The IP address of the end node or station. all - Delete all ARP entries Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete an entry of IP address 10.48.74.121 from the ARP table: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete arpentry 10.48.74.121 Command: delete arpentry 10.48.74.121 Success.
PAGE 132
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 7-4 config arp_aging time Description This command is used to set the maximum amount of time, in minutes, that an ARP entry can remain in the switch’s ARP table, without being accessed, before it is dropped from the table. Format config arp_aging time Parameters - The ARP age-out time, in minutes. The default is 20 minutes. The range is 0 to 65535 minutes.
PAGE 133
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide static - Displays the static entries to the ARP table. mac_address - Displays the ARP entry by MAC address. - Specify the MAC address. Note: If no parameter is specified, all ARP entries will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display the ARP table: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show arpentry Command: show arpentry ARP Aging Time : 20 Interface ------------System System System IP Address --------------10.0.0.
PAGE 134
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear arptable Command: clear arptable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 7-7 show ipfdb Description This command is used to display the IP address forwarding table on the Switch. Format show ipfdb {[ip_address | interface | port ]} Parameters ip_address - (Optional) Specifies the IP address of the forwarding table. - Enter the IP address to be displayed.
PAGE 135
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 8 ARP Spoofing Prevention Commands config arp_spoofing_prevention [add gateway_ip gateway_mac ports [ | all] | delete gateway_ip ] show arp_spoofing_prevention 8-1 config arp_spoofing_prevention Description The user can configure the spoofing prevention entry to prevent spoofing of MAC for the protected gateway.
PAGE 136
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 8-2 show arp_spoofing_prevention Description This command is used to display the ARP spoofing prevention status. Format show arp_spoofing_prevention Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the ARP spoofing prevention status: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show arp_spoofing_prevention Command: show arp_spoofing_prevention Gateway IP Gateway MAC ------------------ ------------------192.168.0.
PAGE 137
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 9 Asymmetric VLAN Commands enable asymmetric_vlan disable asymmetric_vlan show asymmetric_vlan 9-1 enable asymmetric_vlan Description This command is used to enable the asymmetric VLAN function. Format enable asymmetric_vlan Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 138
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable asymmetric VLAN setting: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable asymmetric_vlan Command: disable asymmetric_vlan Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 9-3 show asymmetric_vlan Description This command is used to display the asymmetric VLAN function. Format show asymmetric_vlan Parameters None.
PAGE 139
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 10 Auto Configuration Commands show autoconfig enable autoconfig disable autoconfig 10-1 show autoconfig Description This command is used to display the status of automatically getting configuration from a TFTP server. Format show autoconfig Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 140
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable autoconfig Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable DHCP auto configuration status: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable autoconfig Command: enable autoconfig Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 10-3 disable autoconfig Description This command is used to disable automatically to get configuration from a TFTP server.
PAGE 141
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 137
PAGE 142
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 11 Basic IP Commands config ipif [{ipaddress | vlan | state [enable | disable]} | proxy_arp [enable | disable] {local [enable | disable]} | bootp | dhcp | ipv6 [ipv6address | state [enable | disable]] | ip_mtu | ipv4 state [enable | disable] | dhcpv6_client [enable | disable]] create ipif {}
PAGE 143
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Disable the IP interface. proxy_arp - (Optional) Enable or disable the proxy ARP. This is for the IPv4 function. The default is disabled. enable - Enable the proxy ARP. disable - Disable the proxy ARP. local - (Optional) This setting controls whether the system provides the proxy reply for the ARP packets destined for IP addresses located in the same interface as the received interface.
PAGE 144
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide multiple IPv4 addresses on the same interface. Configuration of IPv6 addresses must be done through the command config ipif. Format create ipif {} {secondary | state [enable | disable] | proxy_arp [enable | disable] {local [enable | disable]}} Parameters - Specify the name of the interface.
PAGE 145
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete ipif [ {ipv6address } | all] Parameters - The name of the interface. ipv6address - (Optional) The IPv6 network address to be deleted. - The IPv6 network address to be deleted. all - All IP interfaces except the System IP interface will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 146
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: enable ipif petrovic1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 11-5 disable ipif Description This command is used to disable the state of an interface. Format disable ipif [ | all] Parameters - The name of the interface. all - All of the IP interfaces. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 147
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display IP interface settings: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show ipif Command: show ipif IP Interface VLAN Name Interface Admin State DHCPv6 Client State Link Status IPv4 Address Proxy ARP IPv4 State IPv6 State IP MTU : : : : : : : : : : System default Enabled Disabled LinkUp 192.168.69.
PAGE 148
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the gateway IP address. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the out-of-band management state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config out_band_ipif state disable Command: config out_band_ipif state disable Success.
PAGE 149
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 11-9 enable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto Description This command is used to enable the auto configuration of link local address when there are no IPv6 addresses explicitly configured. When an IPv6 address is explicitly configured, the link local address will be automatically configured, and the IPv6 processing will be started.
PAGE 150
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the automatic configuration of link local address for an interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto interface1 Command: disable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto interface1 Success.
PAGE 151
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 12 BPDU Attack Protection Commands config bpdu_protection ports [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | mode [drop | block | shutdown]}(1) config bpdu_protection recovery_timer [ | infinite] config bpdu_protection [trap | log] [none | attack_detected | attack_cleared | both] enable bpdu_protection disable bpdu_protection show bpdu_protection {ports {}} 12-1 config bpdu_protection
PAGE 152
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Command: config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 12-2 config bpdu_protection recovery_timer Description When a port enters the under attack state, it can be disabled or blocked based on the configuration. The state can be recovered manually or by the auto recovery mechanism.
PAGE 153
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters trap - Specify the trap state. log - Specify the log state. none - Specify neither attack_detected nor attack_cleared is trapped or logged. attack_detected - Specify events will be logged or trapped when the BPDU attacks is detected. attack_cleared - Specify events will be logged or trapped when the BPDU attacks is cleared.
PAGE 154
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 12-5 disable bpdu_protection Description This command is used to disable BPDU protection globally for the entire switch. Format disable bpdu_protection Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable BPDU protection: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable bpdu_protection Command: disable bpdu_protection Success.
PAGE 155
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display BPDU protection information for the entire switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show bpdu_protection Command: show bpdu_protection BPDU Protection Global Settings --------------------------------------BPDU Protection Status : Disabled BPDU Protection Recover Time : 60 seconds BPDU Protection Trap State : None BPDU Protection Log State : Both DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display BPDU protection status for ports 1 to 3
PAGE 156
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 13 Cable Diagnostics Commands cable_diag ports [ | all] 13-1 cable_diag ports Description This command is used to test copper cabling. For 10/100Based-TX link speed RJ45 cables, two pairs of cables will be diagnosed. For 1000Base-T link speed RJ45 cables, four pairs of cables will be diagnosed. The type of cable errors can be open, short, or crosstalk.
PAGE 157
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide • Where the link partner is powered on with errors, this command can detect whether the error is open, short, or crosstalk. In this case this command can also detect the distance of the error. • Where the link partner is powered down with no errors and the link is down, this command cannot detect the cable length.
PAGE 158
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28TC:admin# cable_diag ports 1:1-1:10,1:21 Command: cable_diag ports 1:1-1:10,1:21 Perform Cable Diagnostics ...
PAGE 159
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 14 CFM Commands create cfm md {md_index } level config cfm md [ | md_index ] {mip [none | auto | explicit] | sender_id [none | chassis | manage | chassis_manage]}(1) create cfm ma {ma_index } md [ | md_index ] config cfm ma [ | ma_index ] md [
PAGE 160
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide [enable | disable]} config cfm lock md [ | md_index ] ma [ | ma_index ] mepid {period [1sec | 1min] | level | state [enable | disable]} 14-1 create cfm md Description This command is used to create a CFM maintenance domain.
PAGE 161
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the maintenance domain name used here. This name can be up to 22 characters long. md_index - Specifies the maintenance domain index used. - Enter the maintenace domain index value used here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295. mip - (Optional) This is the control creations of MIPs. none - Do not create MIPs. This is the default value.
PAGE 162
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide must be between 1 and 4294967295. md - Specify the maintenance domain name. - Specify the maintenance domain name. The maximum length is 22 characters. md_index - Specifies the maintenance domain index used. - Enter the maintenance domain index value used here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295.
PAGE 163
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide mip - (Optional) This is the control creation of MIPs. none - Do not create MIPs. auto - MIPs can always be created on any port in this MA if that port is not configured with an MEP of that MA. explicit - MIPs can be created on any ports in this MA only if the next existing lower level has an MEP configured on that port, and that port is not configured with an MEP of this MA.
PAGE 164
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create cfm mep mepid md [ | md_index ] ma [ | ma_index ] direction [inward | outward] port Parameters - Enter the MEP name used here. It is unique among all MEPs configured on the device. The name can be up to 32 characters long. mepid - Specify the MEP MEPID. It should be configured in the MA’s MEPID list.
PAGE 165
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 5. Some Remote MEP Defect Indications: priority 1 If multiple types of the fault occur on an MEP, only the fault with the highest priority will be alarmed.
PAGE 166
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide before the fault can be re-alarmed. The unit is centiseconds. The range is 250 to 1000. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the parameters of an MEP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config cfm mep mepname mep1 state enable ccm enable Command: config cfm mep mepname mep1 state enable ccm enable Success.
PAGE 167
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Command: delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 14-8 delete cfm ma Description This command is used to delete a created maintenance association. Format delete cfm ma [ | ma_index ] md [ | md_index ] Parameters - Specify the maintenance association name.
PAGE 168
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete cfm md [ | md_index ] Parameters - Specify the maintenance domain name. The maximum length is 22 characters. md_index - Specify the maintenance domain index. - Enter the maintenance domain index value here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 169
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 14-11 disable cfm Description This command is used to disable the CFM globally. Format disable cfm Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the CFM globally: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable cfm Command: disable cfm Success.
PAGE 170
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Specify to enable the CFM function. disable - Specify to disable the CFM function. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the CFM function on ports 2 to 5: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config cfm ports 2-5 state enable Command: config cfm ports 2-5 state enable Success.
PAGE 171
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 14-14 show cfm Description This command is used to display the CFM configuration. Format show cfm {[md [ | md_index ] {ma [ | ma_index ] {mepid }} | mepname ]} Parameters md - (Optional) Specify the maintenance domain name. - Specify the maintenance domain name. The maximum length is 22 characters.
PAGE 172
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show cfm fault {md [ | md_index ] {ma [ | ma_index ]}} Parameters md - (Optional) Specify the maintenance domain name. - Specify the maintenance domain name. The maximum length is 22 characters. md_index - Specify the maintenance domain index. - Enter the maintenance domain index value here.
PAGE 173
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide outward - Specify outward facing MEP. vlanid - (Optional) Specify the VLAN identifier. If not specified, all VLANs are displayed. - Specify the VLAN ID between 1 and 4094. Restrictions None.
PAGE 174
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the remote MEP ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 8191. action - Specifies to start or to stop the management lock function. start - Specifies to start the management lock function. stop - Specifies to stop the management lock function. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 175
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the value between 1 and 65535. length - (Optional) Specify the payload length of the LBM to be sent. The default is 0. - Specify the value between 0 and 1500. pattern - (Optional) Specify an amount of data to be included in a Data TLV, along with an indication whether the Data TLV is to be included. - Enter the pattern value used here.
PAGE 176
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide md_index – Specifies the MD index value used. - Enter the MD index value used here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295. ma - (Optional) Specify the maintenance association name. - Specify the maintenance association name. The maximum length is 22 characters. ma_index – Specifies the MA index value used. - Enter the MA index value used here.
PAGE 177
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide must be between 1 and 4294967295. ma - (Optional) Specify the maintenance association name. - Specify the maintenance association name. The maximum length is 22 characters. ma_index - Specify the maintenance association index. - Enter the maintenance association index value here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295.
PAGE 178
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters md - (Optional) Specify the maintenance domain name. - Specify the maintenance domain name. The maximum length is 22 characters. md_index – Specifies the MD index value used. - Enter the MD index value used here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295. ma - (Optional) Specify the maintenance association name. - Specify the maintenance association name.
PAGE 179
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the all-MPs-reply-to-LTR function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Command: config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 14-23 show cfm mipccm Description This command is used to display the MIP CCM database entries. All entries in the MIP CCM database will be displayed.
PAGE 180
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 14-24 show cfm mp_ltr_all Description This command is used to display the current configuration of the "all MPs reply LTRs" function. This command is for test purposes. Format show cfm mp_ltr_all Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 181
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 182
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To clear all the CFM packet RX/TX counters: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To clear the CFM packet CCM counters: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Success.
PAGE 183
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display CFM remote MEP information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show cfm remote_mep mepname mep1 remote_mepid 2 Command: show cfm remote_mep mepname mep1 remote_mepid 2 Remote MEPID : 2 MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-44-02 Status : OK RDI : Yes Port State : Blocked Interface Name : Down Last CCM Serial Number : 1000 Send Chassis ID : 00-11-22-33-44-00 Sender Management Address: SNMP-UDP-IPv4 10.90.90.
PAGE 184
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide period - (Optional) Specifies the transmitting interval of the AIS PDU. 1sec - Specifies that the transmitting interval period will be set to 1 second. 1min - Specifies that the transmitting interval period will be set to 1 minute. level - (Optional) Specifies the client level ID to which the MEP sends AIS PDU. The default client MD level is the MD level that the most immediate client layer MIPs and MEPs exist on.
PAGE 185
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 1min - Specifies that the transmitting interval period will be set to 1 minute. level - (Optional) Specifies the client level ID to which the MEP sends LCK PDU. The default client MD level is the MD level that the most immediate client layer MIPs and MEPs exist on. - Enter the client level ID used here. This value must be between 0 and 7. state - (Optional) Specifies the LCK function state used.
PAGE 186
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 15 Command List History Commands ? {} show command_history config command_history 15-1 ? Description This command is used to display all of the commands available, on the current login account level, through the Command Line Interface (CLI). Format ? {} Parameters – (Optional) Specify a command.
PAGE 187
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide clear counters clear dhcp binding clear dhcp conflict_ip clear ethernet_oam ports clear fdb clear historical_counters ports clear igmp_snooping data_driven_group clear igmp_snooping statistic counter clear jwac auth_state clear log clear mac_based_access_control auth_state CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page ENTER Next Entry a All To display the syntax for “config account”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#? config account Command: ?
PAGE 188
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide config traffic_segmentation 1-6 forward_list 7-8 config radius delete 1 config radius add 1 10.48.74.121 key dlink default config 802.1x reauth port_based ports all config 802.1x init port_based ports all config 802.1x auth_mode port_based config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-50 direction both config 802.1x capability ports 1-5 authenticator show 802.1x auth_configuration ports 1 show 802.
PAGE 189
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 16 Command Logging Command List enable command logging disable command logging show command logging 16-1 enable command logging Description The enable command logging command is used to enable the command logging function. Note: When the switch is under the booting procedure and the procedure of downloading the configuration to execute immediately, all configuration commands should not be logged.
PAGE 190
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable command logging Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable the command logging: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable command logging Command: disable command logging Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 16-3 show command logging Description This command displays the switch’s general command logging configuration status.
PAGE 191
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 17 Common Unicast Routing Command List config route preference [static | default | rip] show route preference {[local | static | default | rip]} create route redistribute dst rip src [local | static] {metric } config route redistribute dst rip src [local | static] {metric } delete route redistribute dst rip src [local | static] show route redistribute dst rip {src [local | stat
PAGE 192
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show route preference {[local | static | default | rip]} Parameters local - (Optional) Display the preference of local route. static - (Optional) Display the preference of static route. default - (Optional) Display the preference of default route. rip - (Optional) Display the preference of RIP route. Restrictions None.
PAGE 193
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide metric - (Optional) Specifies the RIP route metric value for the redistributed routes. - Enter the metric value used here. This value must be between 0 and 16. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 194
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 17-5 delete route redistribute dst rip src Description This command is used to delete the route redistribute configuration on the Switch. It specifies to not redistribute other routing protocols to RIP. Format delete route redistribute dst rip src [local | static] Parameters src - Specifies the source protocol. static - To not redistribute static routes. local - To not redistribute local routes.
PAGE 195
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display route redistributions: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show route redistribute dst rip Command: show route redistribute dst rip Route Redistribution Settings Source Protocol -------STATIC LOCAL Destination Protocol -----------RIP RIP Type Metric -------All All -----------Transparency 1 Total Entries : 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 17-7 show route redistribute Description This command is used to display the route
PAGE 196
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show route redistribute Command: show route redistribute Route Redistribution Settings Source Protocol -------STATIC LOCAL Destination Protocol -----------RIP RIP Type Metric -------All All -----------2 1 Total Entries : 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 192
PAGE 197
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 18 Compound Authentication Commands create authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] delete authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] config authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] [add | delete] ports [ | all] config authentication mac_format {case [lowercase | uppercase] | delimiter {[hyphen | colon | dot | no
PAGE 198
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To assign a static VLAN to be a guest VLAN: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Command: create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 18-2 delete authentication guest_vlan Description This command is used to delete a guest VLAN setting, but not a static VLAN.
PAGE 199
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config authentication guest_vlan [vlan | vlanid ] [add | delete] ports [ | all ] Parameters vlan - Specify the guest VLAN name. - Specify the guest VLAN name. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - Specify the guest VLAN VID. - Specify the guest VLAN VID. The VLAN ID value must be between 1 and 4094.
PAGE 200
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide hyphen - Specifies using the “-“ as delimiter, the format is: AA-BB-CC-DD-EE-FF colon - Specifies using the “:“ as delimiter, the format is: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF dot - Specifies using the “.“ as delimiter, the format is: AA.BB.CC.DD.EE.FF none - Specifies not using any delimiter, the format is: AABBCCDDEEFF number - (Optional) Specifies the delimiter number used. 1 - Single delimiter, the format is: AABBCC.
PAGE 201
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide pass. dot1x_impb - Dot1x will be verified first, and then IMPB will be verified. Both authentications need to be passed. impb_jwac - JWAC will be verified first, and then IMPB will be verified. Both authentications need to be passed. impb_wac - WAC will be verified first, and then IMPB will be verified. Both authentications need to be passed. mac_impb - MAC will be verified first, and then IMPB will be verified.
PAGE 202
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the global authentication configuration: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show authentication Command: show authentication Authentication Server Failover: Block. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 18-7 show authentication guest_vlan Description This command is used to display guest VLAN information. Format show authentication guest_vlan Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 203
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the authentication MAC format setting: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show authentication mac_format Command: show authentication mac_format Case Delimiter Delimiter Number : Uppercase : None : 5 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 18-9 show authentication ports Description This command is used to display the authentication method and authorization mode on ports.
PAGE 204
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show authentication ports 1-3 Command: show authentication ports 1-3 Port ---1 2 3 Methods -------------None None None Auth Mode Authentication VLAN(s) ----------- ---------------------Host-based Host-based Host-based DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 18-10 enable authorization attributes Description This command is used to enable the authorization global state.
PAGE 205
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the authorization global state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable authorization attributes Command: disable authorization attributes Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 18-12 show authorization Description This command is used to display the authorization status.
PAGE 206
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide * Use the local database to authenticate the client. The switch will resort to using the local database to authenticate the client. If the client fails on local authentication, the client is regarded as un-authenticated, otherwise, it authenticated. * Pass authentication. The client is always regarded as authenticated.
PAGE 207
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 19 Debug Software Command List debug address_binding [event | dhcp | all] state [enable | disable] no debug address_binding debug error_log [dump | clear | upload_toTFTP ] debug buffer [utilization | dump | clear | upload_toTFTP ] debug output [module | all] [buffer | console] debug config error_reboot [enable | disable] debug config state [enable
PAGE 208
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters event - To print out the debug messages when IMPB module receives ARP/IP packets. dhcp - To print out the debug messages when the IMPB module receives the DHCP packets. all - Print out all debug messages. state - Specifies the state of the address binding debugging option. enable - Specifies that the address binding debugging option will be enabled.
PAGE 209
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-3 debug error_log Description Use this command to dump, clear or upload the software error log to a TFTP server. Format debug error_log [dump | clear | upload_toTFTP ] Parameters dump - Display the debug message of the debug log. clear - Clear the debug log. upload_toTFTP - Upload the debug log to a TFTP server specified by IP address.
PAGE 210
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide t8($24) : 00000000 gp($28) : 8180ADA0 t9($25) : FFFFFFC0 sp($29) : 4CFEA7A0 k0($26) : 00000000 fp($30) : 00000001 k1($27) : 00000000 ra($31) : 80A02938 ------------------------- TASK STACKTRACE ------------------------>81150A58 ->809B346C ->809E1DEC ->809D7E6C ->80A038CC ->80A033B0 ->80A0297C To clear the error log: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug error_log clear Command: debug error_log clear Success.
PAGE 211
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters utilization - Display the debug buffer’s state. dump - Display the debug message in the debug buffer. clear - Clear the debug buffer. upload_toTFTP - Upload the debug buffer to a TFTP server specified by IP address. - Specifies the IPv4 address of the TFTP server. - The pathname specifies the DOS pathname on the TFTP server. It can be a relative pathname or an absolute pathname.
PAGE 212
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: When selecting to output to the debug buffer and there are debug messages being outputted, the system memory pool will be used as the debug buffer. The functions which will use the system memory pool resource may fail to execute command such as download and upload firmware, or save configuration.
PAGE 213
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command. Example To set the switch to not need a reboot when a fatal error occurs: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug config error_reboot disable Command: debug config error_reboot disable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-7 debug config state Description Use the command to set the state of the debug.
PAGE 214
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug show error_reboot state Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command. Example To show the error reboot status: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#debug show error_reboot state Command: debug show error_reboot state Error Reboot: Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-9 debug stp clear counter Description This command used to clear the STP counters.
PAGE 215
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug stp clear counter ports all Command : debug stp clear counter ports all Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-10 debug stp config ports Description This command used to configure per-port STP debug level on the specified ports.
PAGE 216
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug stp show counter {ports [ | all]} Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the STP ports for display. - Enter the list of port used for this configuration here. all - Display all port’s counters. If no parameter is specified, display the global counters. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command.
PAGE 217
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug stp show flag {ports } Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the STP ports to display. - (Optional) Enter the list of port used for this configuration here. If no parameter is specified, all ports on the switch will be displayed. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command.
PAGE 218
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command.
PAGE 219
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug stp show information Command: debug stp show information Spanning Tree Debug Information: ---------------------------------------Port Status In Hardware Table: Instance 0: Port 1 :BLK Port 2 :BLK Port 3 :BLK Port 4 :BLK Port Port 7 :FOR Port 8 :BLK Port 9 :BLK Port 10:BLK Port Instance 1: Port 1 :BLK Port 2 :BLK Port 3 :BLK Port 4 :BLK Port Port 7 :FOR Port 8 :BLK Port 9 :BLK Port 10:BLK Port ---
PAGE 220
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-14 debug stp state Description This command is used to enable or disable the STP debug state. Format debug stp state [enable | disable] Parameters state - Specifies the STP debug state. enable - Enable the STP debug state. disable - Disable the STP debug state. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command.
PAGE 221
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To enabled DHCPv6 client debug function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_client state enable Command: debug dhcpv6_client state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-16 debug dhcpv6_client state disable Description This command is used to disable the DHCPv6 client Debug function. Format debug dhcpv6_client state enable Parameters None.
PAGE 222
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters buffer - Let the debug message output to buffer. console - Let the debug message output to console. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To set debug information to output to console: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_client output console Command: debug dhcpv6_client output console Success.
PAGE 223
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_client packet sending state enable Command: debug dhcpv6_client packet sending state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-19 debug dhcpv6_relay state enable Description This command is used to enable the DHCPv6 relay Debug function. Format debug dhcpv6_relay state enable Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 224
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disabled DHCPv6 relay debug function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_relay state disable Command: debug dhcpv6_relay state disable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-21 debug dhcpv6_relay hop_count state Description This command is used to enable or disable debug information flag about the hop count.
PAGE 225
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug dhcpv6_relay output [buffer | console] Parameters output - Specifies the location of the debug message output. buffer - Let the debug message output to buffer. console - Let the debug message output to console. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 226
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_relay packet sending state enable Command: debug dhcpv6_relay packet sending state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-24 debug dhcpv6_server packet Description This command is used to enable or disable the debug information flag of the DHCPv6 server packet, including packets receiving and sending.
PAGE 227
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disabled the DHCPv6 server debug function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug dhcpv6_server state disable Command: debug dhcpv6_server state disable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 19-26 debug dhcpv6_server state enable Description This command is used to enable the DHCPv6 server debug functions.
PAGE 228
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug ripng flag [{interface | packet [all | rx | tx] | route} | all] state [enable | disable] Parameters interface - (Optional) Specifies the state of the RIPng interface debug. The default setting is disabled. packet - (Optional) Specifies which packets should be set with debug flags. all - Specifies to set all packets with debug flags. rx - Specifies to set inbound packets with debug flag.
PAGE 229
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 230
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-30 debug ripng state enable Description This command is used to enable the RIPng debugging state. Format debug ripng state enable Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable RIPng debug globally: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug ripng state enable Command: debug ripng state enable Success.
PAGE 231
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show the specified module’s debug state: Prompt# debug show status module MSTP Command: debug show status module MSTP Debug Global State : Enable MSTP : Enable Prompt# To show the debug state: Prompt# debug show status Command: debug show status Debug Global State: Enable SYS OS MSTP ACL CLI SNMP IGMP : : : : : : : Enable Enable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Prompt# 19-32 debug show address_bindi
PAGE 232
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# debug show address_binding binding_state_table dhcpv6_snooping Command: debug show address_binding binding_state_table dhcpv6_snooping S (State) - S: Start, L: Live, D :Detection, R: Renew, B: Bound Time - Expiry Time (sec) IP Address --------------------------------------2001:2222:1111:7777:5555:6666:7777:8888 2001::1 MAC Address ----------------00-00-00-00-00-02 00-00-00-00-03-02 S -S B Time -----
PAGE 233
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 20 DHCP Local Relay Commands config dhcp_local_relay vlan state [enable | disable] config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid state [enable | disable] enable dhcp_local_relay disable dhcp_local_relay show dhcp_local_relay 20-1 config dhcp_local_relay vlan Description This command is used to configure the DHCP local relay option for this Switch.
PAGE 234
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 20-2 config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid Description This command is used to enable or disable the DHCP local relay function for a specified VLAN ID. Format config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid state [enable | disable] Parameters vlanid - Specifies the VLAN ID used to enabled DHCP local relay. - Enter the VLAN ID used here.
PAGE 235
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the DHCP local relay function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable dhcp_local_relay Command: enable dhcp_local_relay Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 20-4 disable dhcp_local_relay Description This command is used to globally disable the DHCP local relay function on the switch.
PAGE 236
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 237
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 21 DHCP Relay Commands config dhcp_relay {hops | time }(1) config dhcp_relay add ipif config dhcp_relay delete ipif config dhcp_relay option_60 add string relay [exact-match | partialmatch] config dhcp_relay option_60 default [relay | mode [relay | drop]] config dhcp_relay option_60 delete [string
PAGE 238
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters hops - Specify the maximum number of router hops that the DHCP/BOOTP packets can cross. The range is 1 to 16. The default value is 4. - Specify the maximum number of router hops that the DHCP/BOOTP packets can cross. The maximum number of hops value must be between 1 and 16. time - Specify the minimum time in seconds within which the switch must relay the DHCP/BOOTP request.
PAGE 239
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To add an IP destination address to the switch’s DHCP relay table: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp_relay add ipif System 10.43.21.12 Command: config dhcp_relay add ipif System 10.43.21.12 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-3 config dhcp_relay delete ipif Description This command is used to delete an IP destination address from the switch’s DHCP relay table.
PAGE 240
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify a string. relay - Specify a relay server IP address. - Enter the IP address here. exact-match - The Option 60 string in the packet must fully match the specified string. partial-match - The Option 60 string in the packet only need partially match the specified string. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 241
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a DHCP Option 60 default drop action: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Command: config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-6 config dhcp_relay option_60 delete Description This command is used to delete a DHCP Option 60 entry. When all is specified, all rules excluding the default rules are deleted.
PAGE 242
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 21-7 config dhcp_relay option_60 state Description This command is used to decide whether DHCP relay will process the DHCP Option 60 or not. When Option 60 is enabled, if the packet does not have Option 60, then the relay servers cannot be determined based on Option 60. The relay servers will be determined based on either Option 61 or per IPIF configured servers.
PAGE 243
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the client’s client-ID, which is the MAC address of the client. string - Specify the client’s client-ID, which is specified by administrator. - Specify the client’s client-ID, which is specified by administrator. The client-ID string can be up to 255 characters long. relay - Specify to relay the packet to an IP address.
PAGE 244
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_61 default drop Command: config dhcp_relay option_61 default drop Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-10 config dhcp_relay option_61 delete Description This command is used to delete Option 61 rules.
PAGE 245
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp_relay option_61 state [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specify to enable the DHCP relay function to use option 61 rules to relay DHCP packets. disable - Specify to disable the DHCP relay function to use option 61 rules to relay DHCP packets. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 246
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-13 config dhcp_relay option_82 policy Description This option takes effect only when the check status is disabled. The relay agent does this operation because the packet cannot contain two Option 82s. The default setting is replace. Format config dhcp_relay option_82 policy [replace | drop | keep] Parameters replace - Replace the existing option 82 field in the packet.
PAGE 247
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters default - Use the switch’s system MAC address as remote ID. user_define - Use the user-defined string as remote ID. Space characters are allowed in the string. - The user-defined string can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 248
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-16 enable dhcp_relay Description This command is used to enable the DHCP relay function on the switch. Format enable dhcp _relay Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the DHCP relay function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable dhcp_relay Command: enable dhcp_relay Success.
PAGE 249
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable the DHCP relay function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable dhcp_relay Command: disable dhcp_relay Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-18 show dhcp_relay Description This command is used to display the current DHCP relay configuration. Format show dhcp_relay {ipif } Parameters ipif – (Optional) Specify the IP interface name. - Specify the IP interface name.
PAGE 250
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide System 10.1.1.1 192.168.0.1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-19 show dhcp_relay option_60 Description This command is used to display the DHCP relay option 60 entries. Format show dhcp_relay option_60 {[string | ipaddress | default]} Parameters string - (Optional) Display the entry whose string equals the string specified. - The string can be up to 255 characters long.
PAGE 251
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 21-20 show dhcp_relay option_61 Description This command is used to display all the DHCP relay option 61 rules. Format show dhcp_relay option_61 Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 252
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 22 DHCP Server Commands create dhcp excluded_address begin_address end_address delete dhcp excluded_address [begin_address end_address | all] show dhcp excluded_address create dhcp pool delete dhcp pool [ | all] config dhcp pool network_addr config dhcp pool domain_name {} config dhcp poo
PAGE 253
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create dhcp excluded_address begin_address end_address Parameters begin_address - Specify the starting address of the IP address range. - Specify the starting address of the IP address range. end_address - Specify the ending address of the IP address range. - Specify the ending address of the IP address range.
PAGE 254
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete a DHCP server exclude address: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete dhcp excluded_address begin_address 10.10.10.1 end_address 10.10.10.10 Command: delete dhcp excluded_address begin_address 10.10.10.1 end_address 10.10.10.10 Success.
PAGE 255
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-4 create dhcp pool Description This command is used to create a DHCP pool by specifying a name. After creating a DHCP pool, use other DHCP pool configuration commands to configure parameters for the pool. Format create dhcp pool Parameters - Specify the name of the DHCP pool. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 256
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete dhcp pool nyknicks Command: delete dhcp pool nyknicks Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-6 config dhcp pool network_addr Description This command is used to specify the network for the DHCP pool. The addresses in the network are free to be assigned to the DHCP client. The prefix length specifies the number of bits that comprise the address prefix.
PAGE 257
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp pool domain_name {} Parameters - Specify the DHCP pool name. - (Optional) Specify the domain name of the client. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the domain name option of the DHCP pool: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp pool domain_name nyknicks nba.
PAGE 258
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp pool dns_server nyknicks 10.10.10.1 Command: config dhcp pool dns_server nyknicks 10.10.10.1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-9 config dhcp pool netbios_name_server Description This command is used to specify the NetBIOS WINS server that is available to a Microsoft DHCP client. Up to three IP addresses can be specified on one command line.
PAGE 259
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp pool netbios_node_type [broadcast | peer_to_peer | mixed | hybrid] Parameters - Specify the DHCP pool name. broadcast - Specify the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients as broadcast. peer_to_peer - Specify the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients as peer_to_peer. mixed - Specify the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients as mixed.
PAGE 260
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the default router: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp pool default_router nyknicks 10.10.10.1 Command: config dhcp pool default_router nyknicks 10.10.10.1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-12 config dhcp pool lease Description This command is used to specify the duration of the DHCP pool lease.
PAGE 261
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-13 config dhcp pool boot_file Description This command is used to specify the name of the file that is used as a boot image. The boot file is used to store the boot image for the client. The boot image is generally the operating system the client uses to load. If this command is input twice for the same pool, the second command will overwrite the first command.
PAGE 262
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the next server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp pool next_server engineering 192.168.0.1 Command: config dhcp pool next_server engineering 192.168.0.1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-15 config dhcp pool class Description This command is used to configure an address range for a specific DHCP pool class.
PAGE 263
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dhcp pool class pool1 add class1 begin_address 192.168.69.10 end_address 192.168.69.20 Command: config dhcp pool class pool1 add class1 begin_address 192.168.69.10 end_address 192.168.69.20 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-16 config dhcp pool option_43 Description This command is used to add or delete DHCP Option 43.
PAGE 264
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable dhcp class Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the DHCP class function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable dhcp class Command: enable dhcp class Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-18 disable dhcp class Description This command is used to enable the DHCP class function on the Switch.
PAGE 265
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-19 create dhcp class Description This command is used to create a DHCP class. Administrators can create a DHCP class with a name that is a symbolic string, like "class1”. Format create dhcp class Parameters - Enter the DHCP class’s name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 266
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide string - Specifies the character string used with the DHCP class options. - Enter the character string used here. This string can be up to 255 characters long. hex - Specifies the hexadecimal of the string used with the DHCP class options. - Enter the hexadecimal value of the string used here. This value can be up to 255 characters long.
PAGE 267
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete dhcp class Parameters class - Specifies the DHCP class name used. - Enter the DHCP class name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete a DHCP class: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete dhcp class class2 Command: delete dhcp class class2 Success.
PAGE 268
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show dhcp class Command: show dhcp class DHCP Class Status : Disabled DHCP Class Option --------60 82 : class1 Value -----------------4d5346* 010600040001000602 080006000102030400 Name Type -----------hex string Total Entries: 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-23 config dhcp ping_packets Description This command is used to specify the number of ping packets the DHCP server sends to an IP address before as
PAGE 269
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-24 config dhcp ping_timeout Description This command is used to specify the amount of time the DHCP server must wait before timing out a ping packet. By default, the DHCP server waits 100 milliseconds before timing out a ping packet. Format config dhcp ping_timeout Parameters - Specify the amount of time the DHCP server must wait before timing out a ping packet.
PAGE 270
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the DHCP pool name. - Specify the IP address which will be assigned to a specified client. hardware_address - Specify the hardware MAC address. - Enter the MAC address here. type - (Optional) Specify the DHCP pool manual binding type. ethernet - Specify Ethernet type. ieee802 -Specify IEEE802 type.
PAGE 271
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-27 clear dhcp binding Description This command is used to clear a binding entry or all binding entries in a pool or clears all binding entries in all pools. Note that this command will not clear the dynamic binding entry which matches a manual binding entry. Format clear dhcp binding [ [ | all] | all] Parameters - Specify the DHCP pool name to clear.
PAGE 272
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display dynamic binding entries for “engineering”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show dhcp binding engineering Command: show dhcp binding engineering Pool Name -----------engineering engineering engineering engineering IP Addresss -------------192.168.0.1 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 192.168.0.
PAGE 273
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DNS Server NetBIOS Name Server NetBIOS Node Type Default Router Pool Lease Boot File Next Server Option 43 DHCP Class ---------- :10.10.10.1 :10.10.10.1 :Broadcast :10.10.10.1 :10 Days, 0 Hours, 0 Minutes :boot.bin :10.10.10.
PAGE 274
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-31 enable dhcp_server Description This command is used to enable the DHCP server function. If DHCP relay is enabled, DHCP server cannot be enabled. The opposite is also true. For Layer 2 switches, if DHCP client is enabled on the only interface, then DHCP server cannot be enabled. For layer 3 switches, when the System interface is the only interface then can DHCP client be enabled.
PAGE 275
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable the Switch’s DHCP server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable dhcp_server Command: disable dhcp_server Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 22-33 show dhcp_server Description This command is used to display the current DHCP server configuration. Format show dhcp_server Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 276
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IP address to be cleared. all - Specify that all IP addresses will be cleared. Restrictions None. Example To clear an IP address 10.20.3.4 from the conflict database: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear dhcp conflict_ip 10.20.3.4 Command: clear dhcp conflict_ip 10.20.3.4 Success.
PAGE 277
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 273
PAGE 278
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 23 DHCPv6 Relay Command List enable dhcpv6_relay disable dhcpv6_relay config dhcpv6_relay hop_count config dhcpv6_relay [add | delete] ipif config dhcpv6_relay ipif [ | all] state [enable | disable] show dhcpv6_relay {ipif } 23-1 enable dhcpv6_relay Description This command is used to enable the DHCPv6 relay function on the Switch.
PAGE 279
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCPv6 relay global state to disable: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable dhcpv6_relay Command: disable dhcpv6_relay Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 23-3 config dhcpv6_relay hop_count Description Configure the DHCPv6 relay hop_count of the switch.
PAGE 280
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 23-4 config dhcpv6_relay Description The command could add/delete an IPv6 address which is a destination to forward (relay) DHCPv6 packets. Format config dhcpv6_relay [add | delete] ipif Parameters add - Add an IPv6 destination to the DHCPv6 relay table. delete - Delete an IPv6 destination from the DHCPv6 relay table ipif - The name of the IP interface in which DHCPv6 relay is to be enabled.
PAGE 281
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Choose this parameter to enable the DHCPv6 relay state of the interface. disable - Choose this parameter to disable the DHCPv6 relay state of the interface. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 282
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show dhcpv6_relay Command: show dhcpv6_relay DHCPv6 Relay Global State : Disabled DHCPv6 Hops Count Limit : 4 --------------------------------------------------------------IP Interface : n81 DHCPv6 Relay Status : Enabled Server Address : IP Interface DHCPv6 Relay Status Server Address : n90 : Enabled : IP Interface DHCPv6 Relay Status Server Address : n1000 : Enabled : Total Entries : 3 DGS-3420-28
PAGE 283
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 24 DHCPv6 Server Commands create dhcpv6 pool delete dhcpv6 pool [ | all] show dhcpv6 pool {} config dhcpv6 pool ipv6network_addr begin end config dhcpv6 pool domain_name config dhcpv6 pool dns_server {} config dhcpv6 pool lifetime preferred
PAGE 284
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create dhcpv6 pool pool1 Command : create dhcpv6 pool pool1 success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 24-2 delete dhcpv6 pool Description This command is used to delete one or all DHCPv6 pools. Format delete dhcpv6 pool [ | all] Parameters pool - Specifies the DHCPv6 pool to be removed. - Enter the DHCPv6 pool name to be removed here. This name can be up to 12 characters long.
PAGE 285
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - (Optional) Enter the DHCPv6 pool name to be displayed here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. If no parameters are specified, all the DHCPv6 pools will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 286
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcpv6 pool ipv6network_addr begin end Parameters - Enter the DHCPv6 pool name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. begin - Specifies the beginning IPv6 network address of the DHCPv6 pool. - Enter the beginning IPv6 network address of the DHCPv6 pool here.
PAGE 287
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the domain name for the DHCPv6 pool pool1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config dhcpv6 pool domain_name pool1 dlink.com Command: config dhcpv6 pool domain_name pool1 dlink.com Success.
PAGE 288
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 24-7 config dhcpv6 pool lifetime Description This command is used to configure the preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime of IPv6 address within a DHCPv6 pool. Preferred lifetime - the length of time that a valid address is preferred (i.e., the time until deprecation). When the preferred lifetime expires, the address becomes deprecated. Valid lifetime - the length of time an address remains in the valid state (i.e.
PAGE 289
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcpv6 pool manual_binding [add client_duid | delete [ | all]] Parameters - Enter the DHCPv6 pool name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. add - Specifies the IPv6 address that will statically be bound to a device. - Enter the IPv6 address used for the static bind here.
PAGE 290
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 291
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the DHCPv6 dynamic binding information on the Switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show dhcpv6 binding Command: show dhcpv6 binding Pool Name: net90 IPv6 Address: 3000:90:1::7 DUID : 0003000600cd14517000 Preferred(s): 120 Valid(s): 240 Pool Name: net100-2 IPv6 Address: 3000:100:1::1 DUID : 00030006001572200300 Preferred(s): 120 Valid(s): 240 Total Entries : 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 24-11 clear dhcpv6 binding
PAGE 292
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable dhcpv6_server Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCPv6 server global state to enable: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable dhcpv6_server Command: enable dhcpv6_server Success.
PAGE 293
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable dhcpv6_server Command: disable dhcpv6_server Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 24-14 show dhcpv6_server Description This command is used to display the DHCPv6 server setting. Format show dhcpv6_server {ipif } Parameters ipif - (Optional) Specifies the IP interface name to be displayed. - Enter the IP interface name to be displayed here.
PAGE 294
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcpv6 pool excluded_address [add begin end | delete [begin end | all]] Parameters - Enter the DHCPv6 pool name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. add - Specifies to add an excluded address range for a specified pool.
PAGE 295
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Enter the DHCPv6 pool name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. Restrictions None.
PAGE 296
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipif - Specifies the IP interface used. - Enter the IP interface name used. This name can be up to 12 characters long. all - Specifies that all the IP interfaces will used. state - Specifies the DHCPv6 server state for the specified interface. enable - Specifies that the DHCPv6 server state for the specified interface will be enabled.
PAGE 297
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 25 Domain Name System (DNS) Relay Commands config dnsr [[primary | secondary] nameserver | [add | delete] static ] enable dnsr {[cache | static]} disable dnsr {[cache | static]} show dnsr {static} 25-1 config dnsr Description This command is used to add or delete a static entry into the Switch’s DNS resolution table, or set up the relay server.
PAGE 298
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To add the entry “dns1” with IP address 10.24.22.5 to the DNS static table: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dnsr add static dns1 10.24.22.5 Command: config dnsr add static dns1 10.24.22.5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To delete the entry “dns1” with IP address 10.24.22.5 from the DNS static table: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dnsr delete static dns1 10.24.22.5 Command: config dnsr delete static dns1 10.24.
PAGE 299
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable dnsr cache Command: enable dnsr cache Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To enable static table lookup for DNS relay: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable dnsr static Command: enable dnsr static Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 25-3 disable dnsr Description This command is used to disable DNS relay on the switch.
PAGE 300
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To disable static table lookup for DNS relay: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable dnsr static Command: disable dnsr static Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 25-4 show dnsr Description This command is used to display the current DNS relay configuration and static entries. Format show dnsr {static} Parameters static - (Optional) Specify to display the static entries in the DNS relay table.
PAGE 301
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show dnsr Command: show dnsr DNSR Status : Disabled Primary Name Server : 0.0.0.0 Secondary Name Server : 0.0.0.0 DNSR Cache Status : Disabled DNSR Static Table Status : Disabled DNS Relay Static Table Domain Name IP Address ----------------------------------------- --------------www.123.com.tw 10.12.12.
PAGE 302
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 26 Domain Name System (DNS) Resolver Commands config name_server add {primary} config name_server delete {primary} config name_server timeout show name_server create host_name delete host_name [ | all] show host_name {static | dynamic} enable dns_resolver disable dns_resolver 26-1 config name_server add Description This command is used to add a DNS resol
PAGE 303
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 26-2 config name_server delete Description This command is used to delete a DNS resolver name server from the Switch. Format config name_server delete {primary} Parameters - Enter the DNS Resolver name server IP address used here. primary – (Optional) Specifies that the name server is a primary name server. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 304
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config name_server timeout 10 Command: config name_server timeout 10 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 26-4 show name_server Description This command is used to display the current DNS Resolver name servers and name server time out on the Switch. Format show name_server Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 305
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 26-5 create host_name Description This command is used to create the static host name entry of the Switch. Format create host_name Parameters - Enter the hostname used here. This name can be up to 255 characters long. - Enter the host IP address used here. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 306
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# delete host_name www.example.com Command: delete host_name www.example.com Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 26-7 show host_name Description This command is used to display the current host name. Format show host_name {static | dynamic} Parameters static – (Optional) Specifies to display the static host name entries. dynamic – (Optional) Specifies to display the dynamic host name entries.
PAGE 307
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 26-8 enable dns_resolver Description This command is used to enable the DNS Resolver state of the Switch. Format enable dns_resolver Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the DNS Resolver state to enabled: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable dns_resolver Command: enable dns_resolver Success.
PAGE 308
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable dns_resolver Command: disable dns_resolver Success.
PAGE 309
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 27 DoS Attack Prevention Commands config dos_prevention dos_type [{land_attack | blat_attack | tcp_null_scan | tcp_xmasscan | tcp_synfin | tcp_syn_srcport_less_1024 | ping_death_attack | tcp_tiny_frag_attack} | all] {action [drop] | state [enable | disable]} config dos_prevention log [enable | disable] config dos_prevention trap [enable | disable] show dos_prevention {land_attack | blat_attack | tcp_null_scan | tcp
PAGE 310
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure land attack and blat attack prevention, the action is drop: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config dos_prevention dos_type land_attack blat_attack action drop state enable Command: config dos_prevention dos_type land_attack blat_attack action drop state enable Success.
PAGE 311
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dos_prevention trap [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to enable the DoS prevention trap state. disable - Specifies to disable the DoS prevention trap state. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 312
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 313
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show dos_prevention blat_attack Command: show dos_prevention blat_attack DoS Type State Action Frame Counts : : : : Blat Attack Enabled Drop - Success.
PAGE 314
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 28 D-Link Unidirectional Link Detection (DULD) Commands config duld ports [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | mode [shutdown | normal] | discovery_time } show duld ports {} 28-1 config duld ports Description The command used to configure unidirectional link detection on ports. Unidirectional link detection provides discovery mechanism based on 802.3ah to discovery its neighbor.
PAGE 315
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable unidirectional link detection on port 1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config duld ports 1 state enable Commands: config duld ports 1 state enable Success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 28-2 show duld ports Description This command is used to show unidirectional link detection information. Format show duld ports {} Parameters ports - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be display.
PAGE 316
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 29 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Commands enable erps disable erps create erps raps_vlan delete erps raps_vlan config erps raps_vlan [state [enable | disable] | ring_mel | ring_port [west [ | virtual_channel] | east [ | virtual_channel]] | rpl_port [west | east | none] | rpl_owner [enable | disable] | protected_vlan [add | delete] vlanid | sub
PAGE 317
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable ERPS: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable erps Command: enable erps Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 29-2 disable erps Description This command is used to disable the ERPS function on the switch. Format disable erps Parameters None. The ERPS is disabled by default. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 318
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the VLAN which will be the R-APS VLAN. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To create an ERPS RAPS VLAN: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create erps raps_vlan 4094 Command: create erps raps_vlan 4094 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 29-4 delete erps raps_vlan Description This command is used to delete an R-APS VLAN on the switch.
PAGE 319
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 29-5 config erps raps_vlan Description This command is used to set the R-APS VLAN parameters. The ring_mel command is used to configure the ring MEL for an R-APS VLAN. The ring MEL is one field in the R-APS PDU. Note that if CFM (Connectivity Fault Management) and ERPS are used at the same time, R-APS PDU is one of a suite of Ethernet OAM PDU. The behavior for forwarding of R-APS PDU should follow the Ethernet OAM.
PAGE 320
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide When the link node detects that the link failure is recovered, it will report the link failure recovery event (R-APS PDU with NR flag) and start the guard timer before the guard timer expires, all received R-APS messages are ignored by this ring node. Therefore, the blocking state of the recovered link will not be recovered within this period of time.
PAGE 321
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide state - Specifies the propagation state of the topology change for the sub-ring. enable - Enable the propagation state of the topology change for the sub-ring. disable - Disable the propagation state of the topology change for the sub-ring. add - Specifies the add a topology change propagation rule. delete - Specifies the delete a topology change propagation rule. sub_ring - Specifies the sub-ring configuration.
PAGE 322
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To set the R-APS protected VLAN parameter: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config erps raps_vlan 4094 protected_vlan add vlanid 10-20 Command: config erps raps_vlan 4094 protected_vlan add vlanid 10-20 Success.
PAGE 323
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 29-7 config erps trap Description This command is used to configure trap state of ERPS events. Format config erps trap [enable | disable] Parameters trap - Specifies to enable or disable the ERPS trap state. enable - Enter enable to enable the trap state. disable - Enter disable to disable the trap state. The default value is disabled.
PAGE 324
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 3. The RPL port is not virtual channel. 4. The Ring port is the master port if it belongs to a link aggregation group. The save function will record the operational value if the operational value is different form the admin value. Format show erps {raps_vlan {sub_ring}} Parameters raps_vlan - Specifies the R-APS VLAN. - Enter the R-APS VLAN ID used here.
PAGE 325
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show erps Command: show erps Global Status : Enabled Log Status : Enabled Trap Status : Disabled -----------------------------------R-APS VLAN : 4094 ERPS Status : Disabled Admin West Port : 1:5 Operational West Port : 1:5 (Forwarding) Admin East Port : 1:7 Operational East Port : 1:7 (Forwarding) Admin RPL Port : West port Operational RPL Port : West port Admin Owner : Enabled Operational Owner : Enabl
PAGE 326
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 30 External Alarm Commands config external_alarm {unit } channel message show external_alarm {unit } 30-1 config external_alarm Description This command is used to configure the external alarm message for a channel. The source for the alarm is located on the front panel of the Switch.
PAGE 327
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-2 show external_alarm Description This command is used to display the status of the external alarm. Format show external_alarm {unit } Parameters unit - (Optional) Specifies the unit ID to be displayed. - Enter the unit ID used here. Restrictions None.
PAGE 328
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 31 FDB Commands create fdb [port | drop] create fdb vlanid [port | drop] create multicast_fdb config multicast_fdb [add | delete] config fdb aging_time config multicast vlan_filtering_mode [vlanid | vlan | all] [forward_all_groups | forward_unregistered_
PAGE 329
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 31-2 create fdb vlanid Description This command is used to create an entry into the switch’s unicast MAC address forwarding database using the VLAN ID. Format create fdb vlanid [port | drop] Parameters - Enter the VLAN ID used here. - Specify the MAC address to be added to the static forwarding table.
PAGE 330
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To create multicast MAC forwarding: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create multicast_fdb default 01-00-00-00-01-01 Command: create multicast_fdb default 01-00-00-00-01-01 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 31-4 config multicast_fdb Description This command is used to configure the multicast MAC address forwarding table.
PAGE 331
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 31-5 config fdb aging_time Description This command is used to set the age-out timer for the switch’s dynamic unicast MAC address forwarding tables. Format config fdb aging_time Parameters - Specify the time in seconds that a dynamically learned MAC address will remain in the switch’s MAC address forwarding table without being accessed, before being dropped from the database.
PAGE 332
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide filter_unregistered_groups - Specify the filtering mode as filter_unregistered_groups. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 333
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 31-8 clear fdb Description This command is used to clear the switch’s forwarding database of all dynamically learned MAC addresses. Format clear fdb [vlan | port | all ] Parameters vlan - Specify the name of the VLAN on which the MAC address resides. - The maximum length is 32 characters. port - Specify the port number corresponding to the dynamically learned MAC address.
PAGE 334
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: If no parameter is specified, all multicast FDB entries will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 335
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 336
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 332
PAGE 337
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 32 File System Management Commands show storage_media_info {[unit | all]} md {{unit } } rd {{unit } } cd {} dir {{unit } } {} rename {{unit } } erase {{unit } } format {unit } {[fat16 | fat32]} {} del {{uni
PAGE 338
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show storage_media_info Command: show storage_media_info Unit ---1 Drive ----c: Media Type ---------Flash Size -------123 MB Label ----------- FS Type ------FFS Version ------Ver2.1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 32-2 md Description This command is used to create a directory. Format md {{unit } } Parameters unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system.
PAGE 339
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system. If not specified, it refers to the master unit. - Enter the unit ID value here. - Specifies the drive ID. If not specified, it refers to the current drive. - Specify the directory to be removed. The path name can be specified either as a full path name or partial name.
PAGE 340
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Current work directory: “c:/d1” DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 32-5 dir Description This command is used to list all of the files located in a directory of a drive. If a path name is not specified, then all of the files in the specified drive will be displayed. If none of the parameters are specified, the files in the current directory will be displayed. If a user lists the system directory, the used space will be shown.
PAGE 341
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#dir c:/system Command: dir c:/system System reserved directory. Used space 89KB. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 32-6 rename Description This command is used to rename a file in the file system. The pathname specifies the file (in path form) to be renamed and the file name specifies the new file name. If the path name is not a full path, then it refers to a path under the current directory for the drive.
PAGE 342
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system. If not specified, it refers to the master unit. - Enter the unit ID value here. - Specifies the drive ID. If not specified, it refers to the current drive. - Specify the file to be deleted. If it is specified in the associated form, then it is related to the current directory.
PAGE 343
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#format d: fat32 Command: format d: fat32 Formatting........................... Done! DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 32-9 del Description This command is used to delete a file. It is also used to delete a directory and its contents. The system will prompt if the target file is a bootup image/configuration or the last image.
PAGE 344
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 32-10 move Description This command is used to move a file around the file system. Note that when a file is moved, it can be specified whether to be renamed at the same time. Format move {{unit } } {{unit } } Parameters unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system. If not specified, it refers to the master unit. - Enter the unit ID value here.
PAGE 345
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system. If not specified, it refers to the master unit. - Enter the unit ID value here. - Specifies the drive ID. If not specified, it refers to the current drive. - Specify the file to be copied. If it is specified in the associated form, then it is related to the current directory. unit - Specifies the unit ID in the stacking system.
PAGE 346
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# change drive unit 3 c: Command: change drive unit 3 c: Current work directory: "/unit3:/c:".
PAGE 347
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 33 Filter Commands config filter dhcp_server [add permit server_ip {client_mac } ports [ | all] | delete permit server_ip {client_mac } ports [ | all] | ports [ | all] state [enable | disable] | illegal_server_log_suppress_duration [1min | 5min | 30min]] config filter dhcp_server log [enable | disable] config filter dhcp_server trap [enable | disab
PAGE 348
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ports - Specify the ports. - Specify the range of ports to be configured. all - Specify to configure all ports. state - Specify the port status. enable - Enable the state. disable - Disable the state. illegal_server_log_suppress_duration - Specify the illegal server log suppression duration. 1min - Specify an illegal server log suppression duration of 1 minute.
PAGE 349
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the log for a DHCP server filter event: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config filter dhcp_server log enable Command: config filter dhcp_server log enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 33-3 config filter dhcp_server trap Description This command is used to enable or disable the trap for a DHCP server filter event.
PAGE 350
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show filter dhcp_server Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 351
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the extensive NetBIOS filter state on ports 1 to 10: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config filter extensive_netbios 1-10 state enable Command: config filter extensive_netbios 1-10 state enable Success.
PAGE 352
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config filter netbios [ | all] state [enable | disable] Parameters - Specify the port or range of ports to configure. all - Specify to configure all ports. state - Specify the status of the filter to block NetBIOS packets. enable - Enable the filter to block NetBIOS packets. disable - Disable the filter to block NetBIOS packets.
PAGE 353
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 349
PAGE 354
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 34 Gratuitous ARP Commands enable gratuitous_arp {ipif } {trap | log}(1) disable gratuitous_arp {ipif } {trap | log}(1) config gratuitous_arp learning [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp send dup_ip_detected [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp send ipif_status_up [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp send periodically ipif interval show gratuit
PAGE 355
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable gratuitous_arp {ipif } {trap | log}(1) Parameters ipif - (Optional) The interface name of the L3 interface. - Specify the interface name. The maximum length is 12 characters. trap - Specify trap. The trap is disabled by default. log - Specify log. The even log is enabled by default. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 356
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config gratuitous_arp learning enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 34-4 config gratuitous_arp send dup_ip_detected Description This command is used to enable or disable the sending of gratuitous ARP requests when a duplicate IP address is detected. By default, the state is disabled.
PAGE 357
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config gratuitous_arp send ipif_status_up [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Enable the sending of gratuitous ARP requests when the IPIF status becomes up. disable - Disable the sending of gratuitous ARP requests when the IPIF status becomes up. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 358
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config gratuitous_arp send periodically ipif System interval 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 34-7 show gratuitous_arp Description This command is used to display gratuitous ARP configuration. Format show gratuitous_arp {ipif } Parameters ipif - (Optional) The interface name of the L3 interface. - Specify the interface name. The maximum length is 12 characters. Restrictions None.
PAGE 359
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 35 IGMP Proxy Commands enable igmp_proxy disable igmp_proxy config igmp_proxy downstream_if [add | delete] vlan [ | vlanid ] config igmp_proxy upstream_if {vlan [ | vlanid ] | router_ports [add | delete] | source_ip | unsolicited_report_interval }(1) show igmp_proxy {group} 35-1 enable igmp_proxy Description This command is used to
PAGE 360
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the IGMP proxy: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable igmp_proxy Command: disable igmp_proxy Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 35-3 config igmp_proxy downstream_if Description This command is used to configure the IGMP proxy downstream interfaces.
PAGE 361
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config igmp_proxy downstream_if add vlan vlanid 2-7 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 35-4 config igmp_proxy upstream_if Description This command is used to configure the setting for the IGMP proxy’s upstream interface. The IGMP proxy plays the host role on the upstream interface. It will send IGMP report packets to the router port.
PAGE 362
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 35-5 show igmp_proxy Description This command displays IGMP proxy configuration information or group information on the switch. The display status item means group entry is determined by whether or not the chip is inserted. Format show igmp_proxy {group} Parameters group - (Optional) Specify the group information.
PAGE 363
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Dest-V : The destination VLAN. A : Active I : Inactive Dest IP Source IP ----------- ------------224.2.2.2 NULL 227.3.1.
PAGE 364
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 36 IGMP Snooping Commands config igmp_snooping [vlan_name | vlanid | all] {state [enable | disable] | fast_leave [enable | disable] | proxy_reporting {state [enable | disable] | source_ip }(1)}(1) config igmp_snooping querier [vlan_name | vlanid | all] {query_interval | max_response_time | robustness_variable | la
PAGE 365
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan_name - Specify the name of the VLAN for which IGMP snooping is to be configured. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID list. - Specify the VLAN ID list. all - Specify to configure all VLANs. state - Enable or disable IGMP snooping for the chosen VLAN. enable - Enable IGMP snooping for the chosen VLAN.
PAGE 366
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the VLAN ID list. all - Specify to configure all VLANs and VLAN IDs. query_interval - Specify the amount of time in seconds between general query transmissions. - Specify the amount of time in seconds between general query transmissions. The default setting is 125 seconds. max_response_time - Specify the maximum time in seconds to wait for reports from members.
PAGE 367
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-3 config router_ports Description This command is used to designate a range of ports as being connected to multicast-enabled routers. This will ensure that all packets with such a router as its destination will reach the multicast-enabled router, regardless of protocol.
PAGE 368
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID list. - Specify the VLAN ID list. add - Specify to add the router ports. delete - Specify to delete the router ports. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 369
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the router ports on the default VLAN: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show router_ports vlan default Command: show router_ports vlan default VLAN Name Static Router Port Dynamic Router Port Router IP Forbidden Router Port : default : : : : Total Entries: 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-6 enable igmp_snooping Description This command allows you to enable IGMP snooping on the switch.
PAGE 370
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable igmp_snooping Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable IGMP snooping: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable igmp_snooping Command: disable igmp_snooping Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-8 show igmp_snooping Description This command is used to display the current IGMP snooping configuration on the switch.
PAGE 371
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping Command: show igmp_snooping IGMP Snooping Global State Data Driven Learning Max Entries VLAN Name Query Interval Max Response Time Robustness Value Last Member Query Interval Querier State Querier Role Querier IP Querier Expiry Time State Fast Leave Proxy Reporting Proxy Reporting Source IP Rate Limit Version Data Driven Learning State Data Driven Learning Aged Out Data Driven Group E
PAGE 372
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will display all of the current IGMP snooping group configuration of the switch. Restrictions None. Example To display IGMP snooping groups: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping group Command: show igmp_snooping group Source/Group VLAN Name/VID Member Ports UP Time Expiry Time Filter Mode : : : : : : NULL / 224.106.0.
PAGE 373
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config igmp_snooping rate_limit [ports | vlanid ] [ | no_limit] Parameters ports - Specify a range of ports to be configured. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. vlanid - Specify a range of VLANs to be configured. - Specify the VLAN ID list.
PAGE 374
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IGMP snooping rate limit for ports 1-2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping rate_limit ports 1-2 Command: show igmp_snooping rate_limit ports 1-2 Port -------1 2 Rate Limit -----------No Limit No Limit Total Entries: 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-12 create igmp_snooping static_group Description This command allows users to create an IGMP snooping static group.
PAGE 375
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-13 config igmp_snooping static_group Description This command is used to configure an IGMP snooping static group on the switch. When a port is configured as a static member port, the IGMP protocol will not operate on this port. Therefore, suppose that a port is a dynamic member port learned by IGMP.
PAGE 376
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete igmp_snooping static_group [vlan | vlanid ] Parameters vlan - Specify the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID list on which the router port resides. - Specify the VLAN ID list. - Specify the multicast group IP address.
PAGE 377
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: show igmp_snooping static_group VLAN ID/Name IP Address Static Member Ports --------------------------------------- -------------- -------------------1/Default 239.1.1.
PAGE 378
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Dropped By Multicast VLAN Report & IGMP v1 IGMP v2 IGMP v3 IGMP v2 Total Dropped Dropped Dropped Dropped Leave Report Report Report Leave By By By By : 0 : : : : : Rate Limitation Max Group Limitation Group Filter Multicast VLAN 0 0 0 0 0 Transmit Statistics Query IGMP v1 Query IGMP v2 Query IGMP v3 Query Total Report & Leave IGMP v1 Report IGMP v2 Report IGMP v3 Report IGMP v2 Leave Total : : : : 0 0 0 0 : : : :
PAGE 379
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear igmp_snooping statistics counter Command: clear igmp_snooping statistics counter Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-18 show igmp_snooping forwarding Description This command is used to display the switch’s current IGMP snooping forwarding table. It provides an easy way for users to check the list of ports that the multicast group comes from in terms of specific sources.
PAGE 380
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping forwarding Command: show igmp_snooping forwarding VLAN Name : default Source IP : 10.90.90.114 Multicast Group: 225.0.0.0 Port Member : 2,7 VLAN Name : default Source IP : 10.90.90.10 Multicast Group: 225.0.0.
PAGE 381
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 36-20 config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning Description This command is used to enable or disable the data driven learning of an IGMP snooping group. When data-driven learning is enabled for a VLAN, when the switch receives IP multicast traffic on this VLAN, an IGMP snooping group will be created. The learning of an entry is not activated by an IGMP membership registration, but activated by traffic.
PAGE 382
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name default state enable Command: config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name default state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 36-21 config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning max_learned_entry Description This command is used to configure the maximum number of groups that can be learned by data driven.
PAGE 383
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ip - Specifies that the multicast forwarding lookup will be based on the IP address. mac - Specifies that the multicast forwarding lookup will be based on the MAC address Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 384
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 380
PAGE 385
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 37 IGMP Snooping Multicast (ISM) VLAN Commands create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan {remap_priority [ | none] {replace_priority}} config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan {[add | delete] [member_port | [source_port | untag_source_port ] | tag_member_port ] | state [enable | disable] | replace_source_ip | remap_prio
PAGE 386
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the remap priority (0 to 7) to be associated with the data traffic to be forwarded on the multicast VLAN. none - If none is specified, the packet’s original priority will be used. The default setting is none. replace_priority - (Optional) Specify that the packet’s priority will be changed by the switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set.
PAGE 387
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide tag_member_port - Specify the tagged member port of the multicast VLAN. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. state - (Optional) Specify if the multicast VLAN for a chosen VLAN should be enabled or disabled. enable - Enable multicast VLAN for the chosen VLAN. disable - Disable multicast VLAN for the chosen VLAN.
PAGE 388
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an IGMP snooping multicast group profile with the name “Knicks”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Knicks Command: create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Knicks Success.
PAGE 389
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 37-5 delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to delete an existing IGMP snooping multicast group profile on the switch. Specify a profile name to delete it. Format delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile [profile_name | all] Parameters profile_name - Specify the multicast VLAN group profile name. The maximum length is 32 characters.
PAGE 390
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all IGMP snooping multicast VLAN profiles: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Command: show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Profile Name ----------------------Knicks customer Multicast Addresses -------------------------------234.1.1.1 - 238.244.244.244 239.1.1.1 - 239.2.2.2 224.19.62.34 - 224.19.162.
PAGE 391
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group v1 add profile_name channel_1 Command: config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group v1 add profile_name channel_1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 37-8 show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group Description This command allows group profile information for a specific multicast VLAN to be displayed.
PAGE 392
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the multicast VLAN to be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete an IGMP snooping multicast VLAN called “v1”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan v1 Command: delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan v1 Success.
PAGE 393
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 37-11 disable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to disable the IGMP snooping multicast VLAN function. By default, the multicast VLAN is disabled. Format disable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 394
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Command: show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan IGMP Multicast VLAN Global State IGMP Multicast VLAN Forward Unmatched IGMP Multicast VLAN Auto Assign VLAN VLAN Name VID Member(Untagged) Ports Tagged Member Ports Source Ports Untagged Source Ports Status Replace Source IP Remap Priority : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled :test :100 :1 : :3 : :Disabled :0.0.0.
PAGE 395
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 37-14 config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan auto_assign_vlan Description This command is used to enable or disable the assignment of IGMP control packets to the right ISM VLAN. If auto assign VLAN is enabled, the Switch will check for group matching with multicast VLAN profiles of which the ingress port belongs to.
PAGE 396
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 38 IP Routing Commands create iproute [default | ] [ {} {[primary | backup]} | null0 | ip_tunnel ] delete iproute [default | ] [ | null0 | ip_tunnel ] show iproute {[ | ]} {[static | rip | hardware]} create ipv6route [default | ] [[ | ] {
PAGE 397
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To add a default route with a nexthop of 10.48.74.21: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create iproute default 10.48.74.121 Command: create iproute default 10.48.74.121 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 38-2 delete iproute Description This command is used to delete an IP route entry from the switch’s IP routing table.
PAGE 398
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show iproute {[ | ]} {[static | rip | hardware]} Parameters - (Optional) Specify the destination network address of the route want to be displayed. - (Optional) Specify the destination IP address of the route want to be displayed. The longest prefix matched route will be displayed. static - (Optional) Specify to display only static routes.
PAGE 399
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the next hop address for this route. - (Optional) The default setting is 1. primary - (Optional) Specify the route as the primary route to the destination. backup - Specify the route as the backup route to the destination. If the route is not specified as the primary route or the backup route, then it will be auto-assigned by the system.
PAGE 400
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an IPv6 static route: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete ipv6route default System FEC0::5 Command: delete ipv6route default System FEC0::5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 38-6 show ipv6route Description This command is used to display the switch’s current IPv6 routing table.
PAGE 401
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 39 IP Tunnel Commands create ip_tunnel delete ip_tunnel config ip_tunnel manual {ipv6address | source | destination }(1) config ip_tunnel 6to4 {ipv6address | source }(1) config ip_tunnel isatap {ipv6address | source }(1) show ip_tunnel {
PAGE 402
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 39-2 delete ip_tunnel Description This command is used to delete an IP tunnel interface. Format delete ip_tunnel Parameters - Enter the IP tunnel interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 403
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the IPv6 address used here. source - (Optional) Specifies the source IPv4 address of the IPv6 tunnel interface. It is used as the source address for packets in the IPv6 tunnel. - Enter the IPv4 source address used here. destination - (Optional) Specifies the destination IPv4 address of the IPv6 tunnel interface. It is used as the destination address for packets in the IPv6 tunnel.
PAGE 404
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide characters long. ipv6address - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 address assigned to this IPv6 tunnel interface. IPv6 processing will be enabled on this IPv6 tunnel interface as soon as its IPv6 address is configured. The 32 bits following the initial 2002::/16 prefix correspond to an IPv4 address assigned to the tunnel source. - Enter the IPv6 address used here.
PAGE 405
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the IP tunnel interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. ipv6address - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 address assigned to this IPv6 tunnel interface. IPv6 processing will be enabled on the IPv6 tunnel interface when an IPv6 address is configured. The last 32 bits of the IPv6 ISATAP address correspond to an IPv4 address assigned to the tunnel source.
PAGE 406
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show an IP tunnel interface’s information (Tunnel name is “tn2”): DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ip_tunnel tn2 Command: show ip_tunnel tn2 Tunnel Interface Interface Admin State Tunnel Mode IPv6 Global Unicast Address Tunnel Source Tunnel Destination : : : : : : tn2 Enabled Manual 2000::1/64 1.0.0.1 1.0.0.
PAGE 407
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable ip_tunnel {} Parameters - (Optional) Enter the IP tunnel interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable an IP tunnel interface (Tunnel name is “tn2”): DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable ip_tunnel tn2 Command: disable ip_tunnel tn2 Success.
PAGE 408
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the IPv4 network address used here. ipv6address - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 address assigned to the GRE tunnel interface. IPv6 processing will be enabled on the IPv6 tunnel interface when an IPv6 address is configured. This IPv6 address is not connected with the tunnel source or destination IPv6 address. - Enter the IPv6 network address used here.
PAGE 409
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ip_tunnel tn1 Command: show ip_tunnel tn1 Tunnel Interface Interface Admin State Tunnel Mode Ipv4 Address IPv6 Global Unicast Address Tunnel Source Tunnel Destination : : : : : : : tn1 Enabled GRE 2.0.0.1/8 2001::1/64 1.0.0.1 1.0.0.
PAGE 410
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 40 IPv6 NDP Commands create ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif delete ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [ | all] [ | static | dynamic | all] show ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [ | all] [ipv6address | static | dynamic | all] {hardware} config ipv6 nd ns ipif retrans_time config ipv6 nd ra ipif {state
PAGE 411
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 40-2 delete ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif Description This command is used to delete a neighbor cache entry or static neighbor cache entries from the address cache or all address cache entries on this IP interface. Both static and dynamic entries can be deleted. Format delete ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [ | all] [ | static | dynamic | all] Parameters - Specify the IPv6 interface name.
PAGE 412
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the IPv6 address static - Specify to display the IPv6 static neighbor cache entries. dynamic - Specify to display the IPv6 dynamic entries. all - Specify to display all IPv6 addresses, static and dynamic. hardware - (Optional) Specify to display all the neighbor cache entries which were written into the hardware table. Restrictions None.
PAGE 413
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the NS retransmit time of a specified interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 400 Command: config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 400 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 40-5 config ipv6 nd ra ipif Description This command is used to configure the RA parameters of a specified interface.
PAGE 414
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide multicast Router Advertisements from the interface, in seconds. It must be no less than 4 seconds and no greater than 1800 seconds. The default is 600 seconds. - Specify the time between 4 and 1800 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 415
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide address configuration. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 416
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Router Advertisement RA Max Router AdvInterval RA Min Router AdvInterval RA Router Life Time RA Reachable Time RA Retransmit Time RA Managed Flag RA Other Configuration Flag Prefix 1000:A111:B111:C111::/64 : : : : : : : : Disabled 600 (sec) 198 (sec) 1800 (sec) 1200000 (ms) 400 (ms) Disabled Disabled Preferred 604800 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 412 Valid 2592000 OnLink Enabled Autonomous Enabled
PAGE 417
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 41 IP-MAC-Port Binding (IMPB) Commands create address_binding ip_mac ipaddress mac_address {ports[| all ]} create address_binding ip_mac ipv6address mac_address {ports [ | all]} config address_binding ip_mac ports [ | all] {arp_inspection [strict | loose | disable] | ip_inspection [enable | disable] | protocol [ipv4 | ipv6 | all] | allow_zeroip [
PAGE 418
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IP address. mac_address - Specify the MAC address. - Enter the MAC address here. ports - (Optional) Configure the portlist or all ports. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. all - Specify to apply to all the ports. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 419
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create address_binding ip_mac ipv6address fe80::240:5ff:fe00:28 mac_address 00-00-00-00-00-11 Command: create address_binding ip_mac ipv6address fe80::240:5ff:fe00:28 mac_address 00-00-00-00-00-11 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-3 config address_binding ip_mac ports Description This command is used to configure the per port state of IP-MAC-Port binding in the switch.
PAGE 420
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Inspection. forward_dhcppkt - (Optional) By default, the DHCP packets with broadcast DA will be flooded. enable - This setting is effective when DHCP snooping is enabled because the DHCP packet which has been trapped to CPU needs to be forwarded by the software. This setting controls the forwarding behaviour under this situation.
PAGE 421
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure an address binding entry: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config address_binding ip_mac ipaddress 10.1.1.1 mac_address 00-00-00-00-00-11 Command: config address_binding ip_mac ipaddress 10.1.1.1 mac_address 00-00-0000-00-11 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-5 config address_binding ip_mac ipv6address Description This command is used to update an address binding entry using IPv6.
PAGE 422
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 41-6 delete address_binding blocked Description This command is used to delete a blocked entry. It specifies the address database that the system has automatically learned and blocked. Format delete address_binding blocked [all | vlan_name mac_address ] Parameters all - Specifies that all the blocked MAC addresses will be used.
PAGE 423
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6address - Specifies the IPv6 address of the IMPB entry. - Enter the IPv6 address of the IMPB entry here. mac_address - Specifies the MAC address of the IMPB entry. - Enter the MAC address of the IMPB entry here. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete an IMPB entry that binds the IP address 10.1.1.
PAGE 424
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display address binding information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show address_binding Command: show address_binding Trap/Log DHCP Snoop(IPv4) DHCP Snoop(IPv6) ND Snoop : : : : Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display address binding information for all ports: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show address_binding ports Command: show address_binding ports ARP: ARP Inspection Port ARP IP IP: IP Inspect
PAGE 425
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters blocked - (Optional) Specify the address database that system auto learned and blocked. all - Specify to display all. vlan_name - Specify the VLAN name (the blocked MAC belongs to). - Enter the VLAN name here. mac_address - Specify the MAC address. - Enter the MAC address here. Restrictions None.
PAGE 426
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ip_mac - (Optional) Specify the database that a user creates for address binding. all - Specify to display all. ipaddress - Specify the IP address. - Enter the IP address here. ipv6address - Specify the IPv6 address. - Enter the IPv6 address here. mac_address – (Optional) Specify the MAC address. - Enter the MAC address here. mac_address - Specify the MAC address.
PAGE 427
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 41-11 enable address_binding trap_log Description This command is used to send trap and log messages when an address binding module detects illegal IP and MAC addresses. Format enable address_binding trap_log Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 428
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable address_binding trap_log Command: disable address_binding trap_log Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-13 enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Description This command is used to enable the address binding DHCP snooping mode. By default, DHCP snooping is disabled.
PAGE 429
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Command: enable address_binding dhcp_snoop Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-14 disable address_binding dhcp_snoop Description This command is used to disable address binding DHCP snooping. When DHCP snooping is disabled, all of the auto-learned binding entries will be removed.
PAGE 430
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6 – (Optional) Specifies that the address used is an IPv6 address. all – Specifies that all IPv6 addresses will be used. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 431
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: show address_binding dhcp_snoop max_entry ports 1-10 Port ---1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Max Entry --------No Limit 10 20 No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit Max IPv6 Entry -------------No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-17 show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry Description This command is used to display
PAGE 432
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry Command: show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry S (Status) - A: Active, I: Inactive Time - Left Time (sec) IP Address --------------------------------------10.62.58.35 10.33.53.
PAGE 433
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-19 config address_binding recover_learning ports Description This command is used to recover port learning. Format config address_binding recover_learning ports [ | all] Parameters - Specify the list of ports to recover learning. all - Specify to recover learning for all ports.
PAGE 434
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the ND snooping function on the Switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable address_binding nd_snoop Command: enable address_binding nd_snoop Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-21 disable address_binding nd_snoop Description This command is used to disable ND snooping on the Switch. Format disable address_binding nd_snoop Parameters None.
PAGE 435
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of ports used for this configuration. - Enter the list of ports used for this configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be usd for this configuration. max_entry - Specifies the maximum number of entries. - Enter the maximum number of entries used here. This value must be between 1 and 50.
PAGE 436
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide To show the ND snooping maximum entry information for ports 1-5: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show address_binding nd_snoop ports 1:1-1:5 Command: show address_binding nd_snoop ports 1:1-1:5 Port ---1:1 1:2 1:3 1:4 1:5 Max Entry --------No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 41-24 show address_binding nd_snoop binding_entry Description This command is used to show the ND snooping binding entries on the
PAGE 437
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 41-25 clear address_binding nd_snoop binding_entry ports Description This command is used to clear the ND snooping entries on specified ports. Format clear address_binding nd_snoop binding_entry ports [ | all] Parameters ports - Specify the list of ports that you would like to clear the ND snoop learned entry. - Enter the list of port used here. all - Clear all ND snooping learned entries.
PAGE 438
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 42 Japanese Webbased Access Control (JWAC) Commands enable jwac disable jwac enable jwac redirect disable jwac redirect enable jwac forcible_logout disable jwac forcible_logout enable jwac udp_filtering disable jwac udp_filtering enable jwac quarantine_server_monitor disable jwac quarantine_server_monitor config jwac quarantine_server_error_timeout config jwac [quarantine_server_url | clear
PAGE 439
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Using the JWAC function, PC users need to pass two stages of authentication. The first stage is to do the authentication with the quarantine server and the second stage is the authentication with the switch. For the second stage, the authentication is similar to WAC, except that there is no port VLAN membership change by JWAC after a host passes authentication.
PAGE 440
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable jwac Command: disable jwac Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-3 enable jwac redirect Description This command is used to enable JWAC redirect. When redirect quarantine_server is enabled, the unauthenticated host will be redirected to a quarantine server when it tries to access a random URL.
PAGE 441
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable JWAC redirect: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable jwac redirect Command: disable jwac redirect Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-5 enable jwac forcible_logout Description This command is used to enable JWAC forcible logout.
PAGE 442
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-6 disable jwac forcible_logout Description This command is used to disable JWAC forcible logout. Format disable jwac forcible_logout Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable JWAC forcible logout: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable jwac forcible_logout Command: disable jwac forcible_logout Success.
PAGE 443
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable JWAC UDP filtering: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable jwac udp_filtering Command: enable jwac udp_filtering Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-8 disable jwac udp_filtering Description This command is used to disable JWAC UDP filtering. Format disable jwac udp_filtering Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 444
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable JWAC quarantine server monitoring: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable jwac quarantine_server_monitor Command: enable jwac quarantine_server_monitor Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-10 disable jwac quarantine_server_monitor Description This command is used to disable JWAC quarantine server monitoring.
PAGE 445
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-11 config jwac quarantine_server_error_timeout Description This command is used to set the quarantine server error timeout. When the quarantine server monitor is enabled, the JWAC switch will periodically check if the quarantine works okay. If the switch does not receive any response from quarantine server during the configured error timeout, the switch then regards it as not working properly.
PAGE 446
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters quarantine_server_url - Specify the entire URL of the authentication page on the quarantine server. - Specify the entire URL of the authentication page on the quarantine server. The quarantine server URL can be up to 128 characters long. clear_quarantine_server_url - Specify to clear the current quarantine server URL.
PAGE 447
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure JWAC redirect destination to JWAC login web page and a delay time of 5 seconds: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config jwac redirect destination jwac_login_page delay_time 5 Command: config jwac redirect_ destination jwac_login_page delay_time 5 Success.
PAGE 448
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide need to be able to have access to accomplish authentication. Before the client passes authentication, it should be added to the Switch with its IP address. For example, the client may need to access update.microsoft.com or some sites of the Anti-Virus software companies to check whether the OS or Anti-Virus software of the client are the latest; and so IP addresses of update.microsoft.
PAGE 449
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify a TCP port which the JWAC switch listens to and uses to finish the authenticating process. http - (Optional) Specify the JWAC run HTTP protocol on this TCP port. https - (Optional) Specify the JWAC run HTTPS protocol on this TCP port. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 450
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide block_time - If a host fails to pass the authentication, it will be blocked for a period specified by the blocking time.The default value is 60 seconds. - Specify a blocking time value between 0 and 300. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 451
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-19 create jwac user Description This command creates JWAC users in the local database. When “local” is chosen while configuring the JWAC RADIUS protocol, the local database will be used. Format create jwac user {vlan } Parameters - Specify the user name to be created.
PAGE 452
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide account to pass authentication. - Specify the target VLAN ID for the authenticated host which uses this user account to pass authentication. The VLAN ID value must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 453
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-22 show jwac user Description This command is used to display JWAC users in the local database. Format show jwac user Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 454
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the current JWAC configuration: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show jwac Command: show jwac State : Enabled Ports Virtual IP/URL Switch HTTP Port UDP Filtering Forcible Logout Redirect State Redirect Delay Time Redirect Destination Quarantine Server Q-Server Monitor Q-Server Error Timeout RADIUS Auth-Protocol RADIUS Authorization Local Authorization Disabled : : 0.0.0.
PAGE 455
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display JWAC authentication entries for ports 1 to 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show jwac auth_state ports 1-2 Command: show jwac auth_state ports 1-2 Pri:Priority. State – A:Authenticated. B:Bloacked. -:Authenticating Time – Aging Time/Idle Time for authenticated entries.
PAGE 456
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 3 172.18.0.0/21 TCP 3 Active DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-26 show jwac ports Description This command is used to display the port configuration of JWAC. Format show jwac ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a port range to show the configuration of JWAC. Restrictions None.
PAGE 457
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specify the port range to delete hosts on. all - Specify to delete all ports. - Specify range of ports to delete. authenticated - (Optional) Specify the state of host to delete. authenticating - (Optional) Specify the state of host to delete. blocked - (Optional) Specify the state of host to delete. mac_addr - Delete a specified host with this MAC address.
PAGE 458
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 42-29 show jwac authenticate_page Description This command is used to display the element mapping of the customized authenticate page. Format show jwac authenticate_page Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 459
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config jwac authentication_page element [japanese | english] [default | page_title | login_window_title | user_name_title | password_title | logout_window_title | notification_line ] Parameters japanese - Specify to change to the Japanese page. english - Specify to change to the English page.
PAGE 460
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide user_name_title ユーザ名 Command: config jwac authentication_page element japanese user_name_title ユーザ名 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config jwac authentication_page element japanese password_title パスワード Command: config jwac authentication_page element japanese password_title パスワード Success.
PAGE 461
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable the configuration authorized from the local database: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config jwac authorization attributes local disable Command: config jwac authorization attributes local disable Success.
PAGE 462
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 43 Jumbo Frame Commands enable jumbo_frame disable jumbo_frame config jumbo_frame ports [ | all] state [enable | disable] show jumbo_frame {} 43-1 enable jumbo_frame Description This command is used to enable support of Jumbo Frames. Format enable jumbo_frame Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 463
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable Jumbo Frames: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable jumbo_frame Command: disable jumbo_frame Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 43-3 config jumbo_frame ports Description This command is used to configure the jumbo frame state on specified ports.
PAGE 464
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 43-4 show jumbo_frame Description This command is used to display Jumbo Frames. Format show jumbo_frame {} Parameters - (Optional) Enter the list of ports to be displayed here. Restrictions None.
PAGE 465
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 44 LACP Configuration Commands config lacp_port mode [active | passive] show lacp_port {} 44-1 config lacp_port Description This command is used to configure per-port LACP mode. Format config lacp_port mode [active | passive] Parameters - Specify a range of ports to be configured. mode – Specify the port mode. active - Specify the mode as active.
PAGE 466
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will display current LACP mode for all ports. Restrictions None.
PAGE 467
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 45 Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) Command List config l2protocol_tunnel ports [ | all] type [uni tunneled_protocol [{stp | gvrp | protocol_mac [01-00-0C-CC-CC-CC | 01-00-0C-CC-CC-CD]}(1) | all] {threshold } | nni | none] show l2protocol_tunnel {[uni | nni]} enable l2protocol_tunnel disable l2protocol_tunnel 45-1 config l2protocol_tunnel ports Description This command is used to configu
PAGE 468
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide threshold - (Optional) Specify the drop threshold for packets-per-second accepted on this UNI port. The port drops the PDU if the protocol’s threshold is exceeded. The range of the threshold value is 0 to 65535 (packet/second). The value 0 means on limit. By default, the value is 0. - Enter the threshold packets-per-seconds value here. This value must be between 0 and 65535.
PAGE 469
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show l2protocol_tunnel Command: show l2protocol_tunnel Global State: Enabled UNI Ports: 1-2 NNI Ports: 3-4 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To show Layer 2 protocol tunneling detail information on UNI ports: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show l2protocol_tunnel uni Command: show l2protocol_tunnel uni UNI Port ---1:1 1:2 1:3 1:4 Tunneled Protocol ----------------STP GVRP 01-00-0C-CC-CC-CC STP GVRP 01-00-0C-CC-CC-CC STP S
PAGE 470
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable l2protocol_tunnel Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable the Layer 2 protocol tunneling function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable l2protocol_tunnel Command: enable l2protocol_tunnel Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 45-4 disable l2protocol_tunnel Description Used to disable the Layer 2 protocol tunneling function.
PAGE 471
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable l2protocol_tunnel Command: disable l2protocol_tunnel Success.
PAGE 472
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 46 Limited Multicast IP Address Commands create mcast_filter_profile {[ipv4 | ipv6]} profile_id profile_name config mcast_filter_profile [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name | [add | delete] }(1) config mcast_filter_profile ipv6 [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name | [add | delete]
PAGE 473
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 46-2 config mcast_filter_profile Description This command is used to modify the profile name, add or delete a range of previously defined multicast IP addresses to or from the profile. Format config mcast_filter_profile [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name | [add | delete] }(1) Parameters profile_id - Specify the ID of the profile.
PAGE 474
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mcast_filter_profile ipv6 [profile_id | profile_name ] {profile_name | [add | delete] }(1) Parameters profile_id - Specify the ID of the profile. - The profile ID must be between 1 and 60. profile_name - Specify the name of the profile. - The profile name can be up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 475
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide all - All multicast address profiles will be deleted. profile_name - Specify a profile based on the profile name. - The profile name can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 476
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all the defined multicast address profiles: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mcast_filter_profile Command: show mcast_filter_profile Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses ---------- --------------------------- ----------------------------1 MOD 234.1.1.1 – 238.244.244.244 234.1.1.1 – 238.244.244.244 2 customer 224.19.62.34 – 224.19.162.
PAGE 477
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide permit - Specify that the packets that match the addresses defined in the profiles will be permitted. deny - Specify that the packets that match the addresses defined in the profiles will be denied. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 478
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Access : Deny Profile ID ----------1 Name ----------customer Multicast Addresses ----------------------------224.19.62.34 – 224.19.162.
PAGE 479
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the VLAN ID of the VLAN here. ipv4 - (Optional) Specify that the maximum number of IPv4 learned addresses should be limited. max_group - (Optional) Specify the maximum number of the multicast groups for IPv4. - The range is from 1 to 960 or infinite. infinite - Infinite is the default setting.
PAGE 480
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the maximum number of multicast groups for ports 1-2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show max_mcast_group ports 1-2 Command: show max_mcast_group ports 1-2 Port ----1 2 Max Multicast Group Number Action --------------------------- --------Infinite Drop Infinite Drop Total Entries : 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 476
PAGE 481
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 47 Link Aggregation Commands create link_aggregation group_id {type [lacp | static]} delete link_aggregation group_id config link_aggregation group_id {master_port | ports | state [enable | disable]} (1) config link_aggregation algorithm [mac_source | mac_destination | mac_source_dest | ip_source | ip_destination | ip_source_dest | l4_src_port | l4_dest_port
PAGE 482
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 47-2 delete link_aggregation group_id Description This command is used to delete a previously configured link aggregation group. Format delete link_aggregation group_id Parameters - Specify the group ID. The group number identifies each of the groups. The switch allows up to 32 link aggregation groups to be configured.
PAGE 483
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide state - Enable or disable the specified link aggregation group. If LACP group state is enabled, the ports’ state machine will start. enable - Enable the specified link aggregation group. disable - Disable the specified link aggregation group. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 484
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the link aggregation algorithm to mac-source-dest: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Command: config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Success.
PAGE 485
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Member Port Active Port Status Flooding Port : : : : 1-8 7 Enabled 7 Total Entries: 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display the current link aggregation configuration when link aggregation is disabled: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show link_aggregation Command: show link_aggregation Link Aggregation Algorithm = MAC-Source-Dest Group ID : 1 Type : LACP Master Port : 1 Member Port : 1-8 Active Port : Status : Disabled Flooding Port : T
PAGE 486
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 48 LLDP Commands enable lldp disable lldp config lldp [message_tx_interval | message_tx_hold_multiplier | tx_delay | reinit_delay ] show lldp config lldp forward_message [enable | disable] config lldp notification_interval config lldp ports [ | all] [notification [enable | disable] | admin_status [tx_only | rx_only | tx_and_rx | disable] | mgt
PAGE 487
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable LLDP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable lldp Command: enable lldp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-2 disable lldp Description This command is used to disable LLDP. The switch will stop the sending and receiving of LLDP advertisement packets. Format disable lldp Parameters None.
PAGE 488
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide The TTL will be carried in the LLDPDU packet. The lifetime will be the minimum of 65535 and (message_tx_interval * message_tx_hold_multiplier). On the partner switch, when the time-to-live for a given advertisement expires, the advertised data is deleted from the neighbor switch’s MIB.
PAGE 489
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp tx_delay 8 Command: config lldp tx_delay 8 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To change the re-initialization delay interval to five seconds: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp reinit_delay 5 Command: config lldp reinit_delay 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-4 show lldp Description This command is used to display LLDP. Format show lldp Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 490
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Message TX Hold Multiplier: ReInit Delay : TX Delay : Notification Interval : 4 2 2 5 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-5 config lldp forward_message Description This command is used to configure LLDP forwarding messages. When LLDP is disabled and LLDP forward message is enabled, the received LLDPDU packet will be forwarded. The default state is disabled.
PAGE 491
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the notification interval range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. The default setting is 5 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To change the notification interval to 10 seconds: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp notification_interval 10 Command: config lldp notification_interval 10 Success.
PAGE 492
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Configure an individual port or group of ports to exclude one or more of IEEE 802.1 Organizationally protocol identity TLV data types from outbound LLDP advertisements. This TLV optional data type indicates whether the corresponding Local System's Protocol Identity instance will be transmitted on the port.
PAGE 493
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide agent should transmit “System Description TLV.” The default state is disabled. system_capabilities - (Optional) This TLV optional data type includes indicates that LLDP agent should transmit “System Capabilities TLV.” The system capability will indicate whether the device provides repeater, bridge, or router function, and whether the provided functions are currently enabled. The default state is disabled.
PAGE 494
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide advertisements. dot3_tlvs - An individual port or group of ports to exclude one or more of IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV data types from outbound LLDP advertisements. all – (Optional) Configure all of the TLV optional data types below. mac_phy_configuration_status - (Optional) This TLV optional data type indicates that LLDP agent should transmit “MAC/PHY configuration/status TLV.
PAGE 495
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To exclude the system name TLV from the outbound LLDP advertisements for all ports: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp ports all basic_tlvs system_name enable Command: config lldp ports all basic_tlvs system_name enable Success.
PAGE 496
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide To exclude the MAC/PHY configuration/status TLV from the outbound LLDP advertisements for all ports: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp ports all dot3_tlvs mac_phy_configuration_status enable Command: config lldp ports all dot3_tlvs mac_phy_configuration_status enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-8 show lldp ports Description This command is used to display LLDP per port configuration for advertisement options.
PAGE 497
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show lldp ports 1 Command: show lldp ports 1 Port ID : 1 -------------------------------------------------------------Admin Status : TX_and_RX Notification Status : Disabled Advertised TLVs Option : Port Description Disabled System Name Disabled System Description Disabled System Capabilities Disabled Enabled Management Address (None) Port VLAN ID Disabled Enabled Port_and_Protocol_VLAN_ID (None) Enable
PAGE 498
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp_med fast_start repeat_count 5 Command: config lldp_med fast_start repeat_count 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-10 config lldp_med log state Description This command is used to configure the log state of LLDP-MED events. Format config lldp_med log state [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Enable the log state for LLDP-MED events. disable - Disable the log state for LLDP-MED events.
PAGE 499
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide all - Specify to set all ports in the system. state - Enable or disable the SNMP trap notification of topology change detected state. enable - Enable the SNMP trap notification of topology change detected. disable - Disable the SNMP trap notification of topology change detected. The default notification state is disabled. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 500
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable transmitting of all capabilities on ports 1 to 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config lldp_med ports 1-2 med_transmit_capabilities all state enable Command: config lldp_med ports 1-2 med_transmit_capabilities all state enable Success.
PAGE 501
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-14 show lldp_med Description This command is used to display the switch’s general LLDP-MED configuration status. Format show lldp_med Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 502
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 48-15 show lldp_med local_ports Description This command is used to display the per-port LLDP-MED information currently available for populating outbound LLDP-MED advertisements. Format show lldp_med local_ports {} Parameters - Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: When a port list is not specified, information for all ports will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 503
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show lldp_med remote_ ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: When a port list is not specified, information for all ports will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 504
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Unknown Tagged Application Type : Softphone Voice VLAN ID Priority DSCP Unknown Tagged Location Identification: Location Subtype: CoordinateBased Location Information Location Subtype: CivicAddress Location Information Extended Power Via MDI Power Device Type: PD Device Power Priority Power Source Power Request : True : : : : : : 200 7 5 False True : : : High : From PSE : 8 Watts Inventory Management: Hardware Revisio
PAGE 505
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display LLDP local port information for port 1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show lldp local_ports Command: show lldp local_ports 1 1 Port ID : 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Port ID Subtype : MAC Address Port ID : 00-01-02-03-05-00 Port Description : D-Link DGS-3420-28SC R1.00.
PAGE 506
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show lldp mgt_addr Command: show lldp mgt_addr Address 1 : -----------------------------------------------------Subtype : IPv4 Address : 10.19.72.38 IF Type : Unknown OID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.10.114.1.1 Advertising Ports : Total Entries : 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 48-19 show lldp remote_ ports Description This command is used to display the information learned from the neighbor parameters.
PAGE 507
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 48-20 show lldp statistics Description This command is used to display an overview of neighbor detection activity on the switch. Format show lldp statistics Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 508
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 509
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 49 Loopback Detection Commands config loopdetect {recover_timer [ | ] | interval | mode [port-based | vlan-based]}(1) config loopdetect ports [ | all] state [enabled | disabled] enable loopdetect disable loopdetect show loopdetect show loopdetect ports {} config loopdetect trap [none | loop_detected | loop_cleared | both] config loopdetect log state [enable
PAGE 510
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config loopdetect recover_timer 0 interval 20 mode vlanbased Command: config loopdetect recover_timer 0 interval 20 mode vlan-based Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 49-2 config loopdetect ports Description This command is used to set up the loop-back detection function for the ports on the switch.
PAGE 511
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable loop detection: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable loopdetect Command: enable loopdetect Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 49-4 disable loopdetect Description This command allows the loop detection function to be globally disabled on the switch. The default value is disabled.
PAGE 512
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 49-5 show loopdetect Description This command is used to display the switch’s current loop detection configuration. Format show loopdetect Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 513
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 514
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config loopdetect trap [none | loop_detected | loop_cleared | both] Parameters none - Trap will not be sent for both cases. loop_detected - Trap is sent when the loop condition is detected loop_cleared - Trap is sent when the loop condition is cleared. both - Trap will be sent for both cases. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 515
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success.
PAGE 516
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 50 Loopback Interface Commands create loopback ipif {} {state [enable | disable]} config loopback ipif [{ipaddress | state [enable | disable]}(1)] show loopback ipif {} delete loopback ipif [ | all] 50-1 create loopback ipif Description This command is used to create a loopback interface on the Switch.
PAGE 517
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config loopback ipif [{ipaddress | state [enable | disable]}(1)] Parameters - Enter the IP interface name used for this configuration here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. ipaddress – (Optional) Specifies the IPv4 network address of the loopback interface. - Enter the IPv4 network address of the loopback interface here.
PAGE 518
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show the information of the loopback interface named loopback1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show loopback ipif loopback1 Command: show loopback ipif loopback1 Loopback Interface Interface Admin State IPv4 Address : loopback1 : Enabled : 10.0.0.1/8 (MANUAL) Total Entries:1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 50-4 delete loopback ipif Description This command is used to delete a loopback interface.
PAGE 519
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 51 MAC Notification Commands enable mac_notification disable mac_notification config mac_notification {interval | historysize }(1) config mac_notification ports [ | all] [enable | disable] show mac_notification show mac_notification ports {} 51-1 enable mac_notification Description This command is used to enable the trap notification for new learned MAC addresses
PAGE 520
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable mac_notification Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the MAC notification function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable mac_notification Command: disable mac_notification Success.
PAGE 521
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config mac_notification interval 1 historysize 500 Command: config mac_notification interval 1 historysize 500 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 51-4 config mac_notification ports Description This command is used to configure the port’s MAC address table notification status settings.
PAGE 522
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To show the switch’s MAC address table notification global settings: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mac_notification Command: show mac_notification Global MAC Notification Settings State : Enabled Interval : 1 History Size : 500 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 51-6 show mac_notification ports Description This command is used to display the port’s MAC address table notification status settings.
PAGE 523
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mac_notification ports Command: show mac_notification ports Port MAC Address Table Notification State ------ -----------------------------------1:1 Disabled 1:2 Disabled 1:3 Disabled 1:4 Disabled 1:5 Disabled 1:6 Disabled 1:7 Disabled 1:8 Disabled 1:9 Disabled 1:10 Disabled 1:11 Disabled 1:12 Disabled 1:13 Disabled 1:14 Disabled 1:15 Disabled 1:16 Disabled 1:17 Disabled 1:18 Disabled 1:19 Disabled
PAGE 524
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 52 MAC-based Access Control Commands enable mac_based_access_control disable mac_based_access_control config mac_based_access_control password config mac_based_access_control method [local | radius] config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan ports config mac_based_access_control ports [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | aging_time [infinite | ] | block_time
PAGE 525
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable MAC-based access control: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable mac_based_access_control Command: enable mac_based_access_control Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 52-2 disable mac_based_access_control Description This command is used to disable the MAC-based access control function. Format disable mac_based_access_control Parameters None.
PAGE 526
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - In RADIUS mode, the switch communicates with the RADIUS server using this password. The maximum length of the key is 16 characters. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 527
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 52-5 config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan ports Description This command is used to put the specified port in guest VLAN mode. For those ports not contained in the port list, they are in non-guest VLAN mode.For detailed information about the operation of guest VLAN mode, please see the description for configuring the MAC-based access control port command.
PAGE 528
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mac_based_access_control ports [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | aging_time [infinite | ] | block_time | max_users [ | no_limit]}(1) Parameters - Specify a range of ports to configure the MAC-based access control settings all - Specify to select all the ports. state - Specify whether the MAC-based access control function is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 529
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters guest_vlan - Specify the name of the guest VLAN. - Specify the name of the guest VLAN. The guest VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. guest_vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID of the guest VLAN. - Specify the VLAN ID of the guest VLAN. The guest VLAN ID must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 530
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 52-9 clear mac_based_access_control auth_state Description This command is used to clear the authentication state of a user (or port). The port (or the user) will return to un-authenticated state. All the timers associated with the port (or the user) will be reset.
PAGE 531
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the MAC address that access accepts by local mode. vlan - (Optional) If the MAC address is authorized, the port will be assigned to this VLAN. - Specify a VLAN name up to 32 characters long. vlanid - (Optional) If the MAC address is authorized, the port will be assigned to this VLAN ID. - Specify a VLAN ID between 1 and 4094.
PAGE 532
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 vlan default Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 52-12 config mac_based_access_control max_users Description This command is used to configure the MAC-based access control maximum number of authorized users. Format config mac_based_access_control max_users [ | no_limit] Parameters - Specify the maximum number of authorized users.
PAGE 533
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters radius - Specify to enable or disable the authorized attributes assigned by the RADIUS server that will be accepted. enable - If specified to enable, the authorized attributes (for example VLAN, 802.1p default priority, and ACL) assigned by the RADIUS server will be accepted if the global authorization status is enabled. The default state is enabled.
PAGE 534
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete a MAC-based access control local by MAC address: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 Command: delete mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 Success.
PAGE 535
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show mac_based_access_control auth_state ports Command: show mac_based_access_control auth_state ports (P): Port-based Port Prio: Priority MAC Address Original State RX VID ------ -------------------- ---- -------------1 00-00-00-00-00-01 1 Authenticated 1 00-00-12-00-03-00 1 Blocked 3 00-00-00-00-00-02(P) 1 Authenticated Total Authenticating Hosts Total Authenticated Hosts Total Blocked Hosts VID
PAGE 536
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Guest VLAN : Guest VLAN Member Ports: RADIUS Authorization : Local Authorization : Trap State : Log State : Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display MAC-based access control information for ports 1 to 4: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mac_based_access_control ports 1-4 Command: show mac_based_access_control ports 1-4 Port ----1 2 3 4 State -------Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Aging Time (min) -
PAGE 537
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mac_based_access_control_local Command: show mac_based_access_control_local MAC Address ----------------00-00-00-00-00-01 VID -----1 Total Entries:1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display MAC-based access control local data by MAC address: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 Command: show mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 MAC Address --------
PAGE 538
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the log state for MAC-based Access Control: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config mac_based_access_control log state disable Command: config mac_based_access_control log state disable Success.
PAGE 539
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mac_based_access_control password_type [manual_string | client_mac_address] Parameters manual_string - Specifies to use the same string as password for all clients do RADIUS authentication, the string can be configured by using the command “config mac_based_access_control password”. client_mac_address - Specifies to use the client’s MAC address as the password for RADIUS authentication.
PAGE 540
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 53 Mirror Commands create mirror group_id config mirror port {[add | delete] source ports [rx | tx | both]} config mirror group_id {target_port | [add | delete] source ports [rx | tx | both] | state [enable | disable]}(1) delete mirror group_id enable mirror disable mirror show mirror {group_id } 53-1 create mirror group_id Desc
PAGE 541
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mirror port {[add |delete] source ports [rx | tx | both]} Parameters - Specify the port that will receive the packets duplicated at the mirror port. add - (Optional) Specify the mirror entry to be added. delete - (Optional) Specify the mirror entry to be deleted. source ports - (Optional) Specify the ports that will be mirrored.
PAGE 542
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide delete - (Optional) Specifies the mirror source ports to be delete source - (Optional) Specifies the source ports used. ports - (Optional) Specifies the list of ports used as source ports. - Enter the list of ports to be used as the source ports here. rx - (Optional) Specifies that only the received packets on the mirror group source ports will be mirrored to the mirror group target port.
PAGE 543
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# delete mirror group_id 3 Command: delete mirror group_id 3 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 53-5 enable mirror Description This command, combined with the disable mirror command below, allows you to enable or disable mirror function without having to modify the mirror session configuration. Note: If the target port hasn’t been set, enable mirror will not take effect.
PAGE 544
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable mirroring configurations: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable mirror Command: disable mirror Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 53-7 show mirror Description This command is used to display the current port mirroring configuration on the switch.
PAGE 545
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mirror Command: show mirror Mirror Global State: Disabled Group State Target Port Source Ports ------- ---------- ------------- --------------------------------------------1 Enabled 1 RX: 2-3 TX: 2-3 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 541
PAGE 546
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 54 MLD Proxy Commands enable mld_proxy disable mld_proxy config mld_proxy downstream_if [add | delete] vlan [ | vlanid ] config mld_proxy upstream_if {vlan [ | vlanid ] | router_ports [add | delete] | source_ip | unsolicited_report_interval }(1) show mld_proxy {group} 54-1 enable mld_proxy Description This command is used to enab
PAGE 547
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the MLD proxy: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable mld_proxy Command: disable mld_proxy Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 54-3 config mld_proxy downstream_if Description This command configures the MLD proxy downstream interfaces. The MLD proxy plays the server role on the downstream interfaces.
PAGE 548
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 54-4 config mld_proxy upstream_if Description This command is used to configure the setting for the MLD proxy’s upstream interface. The MLD proxy plays the host role on the upstream interface. It will send MLD report packets to the router port. The source IP address determines the source IP address to be encoded in the MLD protocol packet.
PAGE 549
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 54-5 show mld_proxy Description This command is used to display the MLD proxy’s configuration or group information. The display status item means group entry is determined by whether or not the chip has been inserted. Format show mld_proxy {group} Parameters group - (Optional) Specify the group information. Note: If the group is not specified, the MLD proxy configuration will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 550
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Source Group Downstream VLAN Member Ports Status : : : : : 2011::600 FF1E::0202 2 2,5,8 Inactive Total Entries: 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 546
PAGE 551
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 55 MLD Snooping Commands config mld_snooping [vlan_name | vlanid | all] {state [enable | disable] | fast_done [enable | disable] | proxy_reporting {state [enable | disable]| source_ip }(1)}(1) config mld_snooping rate_limit [ports | vlanid ] [ | no_limit] show mld_snooping rate_limit [ports | vlanid ] create mld_sno
PAGE 552
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan_name - Specify the name of the VLAN for which MLD snooping is to be configured. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the VLAN ID list. - Specify the VLAN ID list. all - Specify to configure all VLANs. state - Enable or disable MLD snooping for the chosen VLAN. enable - Enable MLD snooping for the chosen VLAN.
PAGE 553
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide limited rate will be dropped. no_limit - The default setting is no limit. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the MLD snooping packet rate limit on port 1 for 100: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config mld_snooping rate_limit ports 1 100 Command: config mld_snooping rate_limit ports 1 100 Success.
PAGE 554
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 55-4 create mld_snooping static_group Description This command is used to create an MLD snooping multicast static group. Member ports can be added to the static group. The static member and the dynamic member port form the member ports of a group. The static group will only take effect when MLD snooping is enabled on the VLAN.
PAGE 555
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mld_snooping static_group [vlan | vlanid ] [add | delete] Parameters vlan - Specify the name of the VLAN on which the static group resides. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the ID of the VLAN on which the static group resides. - Specify the VLAN ID list.
PAGE 556
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete an MLD snooping static group from the default VLAN, group FF1E::1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete mld_snooping static_group vlan default FF1E::1 Command: delete mld_snooping static_group vlan default FF1E::1 Success.
PAGE 557
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 55-8 show mld_snooping statistic counter Description This command is used to display the MLD snooping statistics counters for MLD protocol packets that are transmitted or received by the switch since MLD snooping was enabled. Format show mld_snooping statistic counter [vlan | vlanid | ports ] Parameters vlan - Specify a VLAN to be displayed. - Specify the VLAN name.
PAGE 558
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mld_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Command: show mld_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Port # : 1 -------------------------------------------------Group Number : 0 Receive Statistics Query MLD v1 Query MLD v2 Query Total Dropped By Rate Limitation Dropped By Multicast VLAN Report & Done MLD v1 Report MLD v2 Report MLD v1 Done Total Dropped By Rate Limitation Dropped By Max Group Limitation Dro
PAGE 559
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To clear the MLD snooping statistics counters: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear mld_snooping statistics counter Command: clear mld_snooping statistics counter Success.
PAGE 560
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide decides that there is no longer another multicast router that is the querier. This interval is calculated as follows: (robustness variable x query interval) + (0.5 x query response interval). 3. Last member query count—Number of group-specific queries sent before the router assumes there are no local members of a group. The default number is the value of the robustness variable.
PAGE 561
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - Specify the ID of the VLAN on which the router port resides. - Specify a list of VLAN IDs. add - Specify to add router ports. delete - Specify to delete router ports. - Specify a range of ports to be configured.
PAGE 562
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config mld_snooping mrouter_ports_forbidden vlan default add 1-10 Command: config mld_snooping mrouter_ports_forbidden vlan default add 1-10 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 55-13 enable mld_snooping Description This command is used to enable MLD snooping on the switch. Format enable mld_snooping Parameters None.
PAGE 563
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable MLD snooping on the switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable mld_snooping Command: disable mld_snooping Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 55-15 show mld_snooping Description This command is used to display the current MLD snooping configuration on the switch.
PAGE 564
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Query Interval Max Response Time Robustness Value Last Listener Query Interval Querier State Querier Role Querier IP Querier Expiry Time State Fast Done Proxy Reporting Proxy Reporting Source IP Rate Limit Version Data Driven Learning State Data Driven Learning Aged Out Data Driven Group Expiry Time : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 125 10 2 1 Disabled Non-Querier :: 0 secs Disabled Disabled Enabled :: No Limitation 2 En
PAGE 565
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the MLD snooping group: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mld_snooping group Command: show mld_snooping group Source/Group : 2001::1/FF1E::1 VLAN Name/VID :default/1 Member Ports : 1-2 UP Time : 26 Expiry Time : 258 Filter Mode : INCLUDE Source/Group VLAN Name/VID: Member Ports UP Time Expiry Time Filter Mode Source/Group VLAN Name/VID Member Ports UP Time Expiry Time Filter Mode : : : : 2002::2/FF1E::1 default
PAGE 566
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will display all router ports on the Switch. Restrictions None.
PAGE 567
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all MLD snooping forwarding entries located on the switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mld_snooping forwarding Command: show mld_snooping forwarding VLAN Name : default Source IP : 2001::1 Multicast Group: FF1E::1 Port Member : 2,7 VLAN Name : default Source IP : 2001::1 Multicast Group: FF1E::2 Port Member : 5 Total Entries: 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 55-19 clear mld_snooping data_driven_group Description Thi
PAGE 568
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear mld_snooping data_driven_group all Command: clear mld_snooping data_driven_group all Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 55-20 config mld_snooping data_driven_learning Description This command is used to enable or disable the data driven learning of a MLD snooping group.
PAGE 569
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the data driven learning of an MLD snooping group on default VLAN: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name default state enable Command: config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name default state enable Success.
PAGE 570
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 56 MLD Snooping Multicast (MSM) VLAN Commands create mld_snooping multicast_vlan {remap_priority [ | none] {replace_priority}} config mld_snooping multicast_vlan {[add | delete] [member_port | [source_port | untag_source_port ] | tag_member_port ] | state [enable | disable] | replace_source_ipv6 | remap_pri
PAGE 571
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the remap priority (0 to 7) to be associated with the data traffic to be forwarded on the multicast VLAN. none - If none is specified, the packet’s original priority will be used. The default setting is none. replace_priority - (Optional) Specify that the packet’s priority will be changed by the switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set.
PAGE 572
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide tag_member_port - Specify the tagged member port of the multicast VLAN. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. state - Specify if the multicast VLAN for a chosen VLAN should be enabled or disabled. enable - Enable multicast VLAN for the chosen VLAN. disable - Disable multicast VLAN for the chosen VLAN.
PAGE 573
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an MLD snooping multicast group profile with the name “Knicks”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Knicks Command: create mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Knicks Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 56-4 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to configure an MLD snooping multicast group profile on the switch.
PAGE 574
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 56-5 delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to delete an existing MLD snooping multicast group profile on the switch. Specify a profile name to delete it. Format delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile [profile_name | all] Parameters profile_name - Specify the multicast VLAN group profile name. The maximum length is 32 characters.
PAGE 575
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all MLD snooping multicast VLAN profiles: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Command: show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Profile Name ----------------------rock Multicast Addresses -------------------------------FF1E::1 FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Total Entries : 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 56-7 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group Description This command is used to
PAGE 576
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide profile_name channel_1 Command: config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group v1 add profile_name channel_1 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 56-8 show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group Description This command allows group profile information for a specific multicast VLAN to be displayed.
PAGE 577
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the multicast VLAN to be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To delete an MLD snooping multicast VLAN called “v1”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan v1 Command: delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan v1 Success.
PAGE 578
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 56-11 disable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to disable the MLD snooping multicast VLAN function. By default, the multicast VLAN is disabled. Format disable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 579
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show mld_snooping multicast_vlan Command: show mld_snooping multicast_vlan MLD Multicast VLAN Global State MLD Multicast VLAN Forward Unmatched MLD Multicast VLAN Auto Assign VLAN VLAN Name VID Member(Untagged) Ports Tagged Member Ports Source Ports Untagged Source Ports Status Replace Source IP Remap Priority : Disabled : Disabled : Disabled :test :100 :1 : :3 : :Disabled ::: :None Total Entries: 1
PAGE 580
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config mld_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched enable Command: config mld_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 56-14 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan auto_assign_vlan Description This command is used to enable the auto assignment of MLD control packets to the right MSM VLAN.
PAGE 581
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 57 Modify Login Banner and Prompt Commands config greeting_message {default} show greeting_message config command_prompt [ | username | default] 57-1 config greeting_message Description This command is used to modify the login banner.
PAGE 582
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide =============================================================================== Ctrl+C Quit without save Ctrl+W Save and quit left/right/ up/down Move cursor Ctrl+D Delete line Ctrl+X Erase all setting Ctrl+L Reload original setting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 57-2 show greeting_message Description This command is used to display the curre
PAGE 583
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show greeting_message Command: show greeting_message =============================================================================== DGS-3420-28SC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.024 Copyright(C) 2011 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved.
PAGE 584
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions When users issue the “reset” command, the current command prompt will remain in tact. Issuing the “reset system” will return the command prompt to its original factory default value. Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To edit the command prompt: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config command_prompt HQ0001 Command: config command_prompt HQ0001 Success.
PAGE 585
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 58 Network Load Balancing (NLB) Commands create nlb multicast_fdb [ | vlanid ] delete nlb multicast_fdb [ | vlanid ] config nlb multicast_fdb [ | vlanid ] [add | delete] show nlb fdb 58-1 create nlb multicast_fdb Description This command is used to create the Switch’s NLB multicast FDB entry.
PAGE 586
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Command: create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 58-2 delete nlb multicast_fdb Description This command is used to delete the Switch’s NLB multicast FDB entry.
PAGE 587
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the VLAN name of the NLB multicast FDB entry here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - Specifies the VLAN ID used. - Enter the VLAN ID used here. - Specifies the MAC address of the NLB multicast FDB entry to be configured. add - Specifies a list of forwarding ports to be added. delete - Specifies a list of forwarding ports to be deleted.
PAGE 588
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show nlb fdb Command: show nlb fdb MAC Address VLAN ID ----------------- ---------02-bf-01-01-01-01 02-bf-01-01-01-02 03-bf-01-01-01-01 100 03-bf-01-01-01-01 1 Egress Ports ---------------------------------1:1-1:5,1:26,2:26 1:1-1:5,1:26,2:26 1:1-1:5,1:26,2:26 1:1-1:5,1:26,2:26 Total Entries : 4 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 584
PAGE 589
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 59 Network Management Commands enable snmp disable snmp create trusted_host [ | | network | ipv6_prefix ] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping} config trusted_host [ | | network | ipv6_prefix ] [add | delete] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping | all} delete trusted_host [ipaddr | ipv6ad
PAGE 590
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable SNMP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable snmp Command: enable snmp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-2 disable snmp Description This command is used to disable the SNMP function. When SNMP function is disabled, the network manager will not be able to access SNMP MIB objects.
PAGE 591
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide addresses are specified, then there is nothing to prevent any IP address from accessing the switch, provided the user knows the Username and Password. Format create trusted_host [ | | network | ipv6_prefix ] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping} Parameters - Specify the IP address of the trusted host.
PAGE 592
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IP address of the trusted host. - Specify the IPv6 address of the trusted host. network - Specify the network address of the trusted network. The form of network address is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/y. - Specify the network address of the trusted network. The form of network address is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/y.
PAGE 593
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the network address of the trusted network. The form of network address is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/y. ipv6_prefix - Specify the IPv6 network address of the trusted network. - Specify the IPv6 network address of the trusted network. all - Specify that all trusted hosts will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 594
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 10.50.95.90 Total Entries : 3 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-7 config snmp system_name Description This command is used to configure the SNMP system name of the switch. Format config snmp system_name Parameters - Specify an SNMP system name for the switch. A maximum of 255 characters is allowed. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 595
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To configure the switch location for “HQ 5F”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config snmp system_location HQ 5F Command: config snmp system_location HQ 5F Success.
PAGE 596
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable snmp traps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable SNMP trap support: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable snmp traps Command: enable snmp traps Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-11 disable snmp traps Description This command is used to disable SNMP trap support on the switch. Format disable snmp traps Parameters None.
PAGE 597
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-12 enable snmp authenticate_traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP authentication failure trap support. Format enable snmp authenticate_traps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To enable SNMP authentication trap support: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable snmp authenticate_traps Command: enable snmp authenticate_traps Success.
PAGE 598
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: disable snmp authenticate_traps Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-14 enable snmp linkchange_traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP linkchange trap support. Format enable snmp linkchange_traps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command..
PAGE 599
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable SNMP linkchange trap support: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable snmp linkchange_traps Command: disable snmp linkchange_traps Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-16 config snmp linkchange_traps ports Description This command is used to configure the sending of linkchange traps and per port control for sending of change traps.
PAGE 600
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-17 show snmp traps Description This command is used to display the SNMP trap state. Format show snmp traps {linkchange_traps {ports }} Parameters linkchange_traps - (Optional) Specify to display the status of linkchange traps. ports - (Optional) Specify a port or port range. - Specify a port or port range. Restrictions None.
PAGE 601
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show snmp traps linkchange_traps Command: show snmp traps linkchange_traps Linkchange Port 1 : Port 2 : Port 3 : Port 4 : Port 5 : Port 6 : Port 7 : Port 8 : Port 9 : Port 10: Port 11: Port 12: Port 13: Port 14: Port 15: Port 16: Port 17: Port 18: Port 19: Port 20: CTRL+C ESC Traps : Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
PAGE 602
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-19 config snmp warmstart_traps Description This command is used to configure the trap state for warmstart events. Format config snmp warmstart_traps [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Enable traps for warmstart events. The default state is enabled. disable - Disable traps for warmstart events. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 603
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To configure the trap source IP interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config trap source_ipif inter4 Command: config trap source_ipif inter4 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To clear the configured trap source IP interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config trap source_ipif none Command: config trap source_ipif none Success.
PAGE 604
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide IP Interface IPv4 Address IPv6 Address : ipif4 : None : 3000::52 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 59-22 config rmon trap Description This command is used to configure the trap state for RMON events. Format config rmon trap {rising_alarm [enable | disable] | falling_alarm [enable | disable]} Parameters rising_alarm - (Optional) Specify the trap state for rising alarm. The default state is enabled.
PAGE 605
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 606
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 60 Network Monitoring Commands show packet ports show error ports show utilization [ports | cpu] show utilization dram {unit } show utilization flash {unit } clear counters {ports } clear log show log {[index | severity {module } {emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | } | module
PAGE 607
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the packets analysis for port 7: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show packet ports 7 Command: show packet ports 7 Port number : 7 Frame Size/Type --------------64 65-127 128-255 256-511 512-1023 1024-1518 1519-1522 1519-2047 2048-4095 4096-9216 Unicast RX Multicast RX Broadcast RX Frame Counts ---------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Frames/sec ----------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n N
PAGE 608
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 609
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 8 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page p Previous Page r Refresh To display CPU utilization: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show utilization cpu Command: show utilization cpu CPU utilization : -------------
PAGE 610
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display DRAM utilization: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show utilization dram Command: show utilization dram DRAM utilization : Total DRAM Used DRAM Utilization : 262144 : 119586 : 45% KB KB CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page p Previous Page r Refresh 60-5 show utilization flash Description This command is used to display real-time Flash utilization statistics.
PAGE 611
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear counters {ports } Parameters ports - Specify a range of ports to be configured. The beginning and end of the port list range are separated by a dash. - Specify a range of ports to be configured. Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will count all of the ports. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 612
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: clear log Success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-8 show log Description This command is used to display the switch history log. Format show log {[index | severity {module } {emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | } | module ]} Parameters index - (Optional) Specify to display the history log between two values.
PAGE 613
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Index Date Time Level Log Text ----- ---------- -------- ------- -------------------------------------------3 2000-03-01 00:26:51 INFO(6) Successful login through Console (Username: Anonymous) 2 2000-03-01 00:26:49 CRIT(2) System started up 1 2000-03-01 00:26:49 CRIT(2) System warm start DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-9 show log_save_timing Description This command is used to display the method to save log.
PAGE 614
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the protocols or applications that support the enhanced log: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show log_software_module Command: show log_software_module CFM_EXT ERPS DHCPv6_CLIENT ERROR_LOG DHCPv6_RELAY MSTP DHCPv6_SERVER DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-11 config log_save_timing Description This command is used to set the method to save log.
PAGE 615
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 60-12 enable syslog Description This command is used to globally enable syslog to send log messages to a remote server. Format enable syslog Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 616
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable syslog Command: disable syslog Success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-14 show syslog Description This command is used to display the syslog protocol global state. Format show syslog Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 617
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the host index. all - Specify all hosts. severity - (Optional) Specify the severity level supported: emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, informational, or debug. emergency - Specify emergency messages. alert - Specify alert messages. critical - Specify critical messages. error - Specify error messages. warning - Specify warning messages. notice - Specify notice messages.
PAGE 618
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create syslog host ipaddress [ | ] {severity [emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | ] | facility [local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7] | udp_port | state [enable | disable]} Parameters - Specify the host index.
PAGE 619
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-17 delete syslog host Description This command is used to delete syslog host(s). Format delete syslog host [ | all] Parameters - Specify the host index. all - Specify all hosts. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 620
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display syslog host configurations: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show syslog host Command: show syslog host Syslog Global State: Disabled Host 1 IP Address Severity Facility UDP port Status : : : : : 10.1.1.
PAGE 621
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the syslog source IP interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config syslog source_ipif Sysetm Command: config syslog source_ipif System Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To clear the configured source IP interface for syslog: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config syslog source_ipif none Command: config syslog source_ipif none Success.
PAGE 622
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 60-21 show attack_log Description This command is used to display the switch’s attack log. Format show attack_log {index } Parameters index - (Optional) Specify the list of index of the entries that need to be displayed. - Specify the list of index of the entries that need to be displayed.
PAGE 623
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To clear the switch’s attack log: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#clear attack_log Command: clear attack_log Success.
PAGE 624
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 61 OAM Commands config ethernet_oam ports [ | all] [mode [active | passive] | state [enable | disable] | link_monitor [error_symbol {threshold | window | notify_state [enable | disable]}(1) | error_frame {threshold | window | notify_state [enable | disable]}(1) | error_frame_seconds {threshold | wind
PAGE 625
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config ethernet_oam ports [ | all] [mode [active | passive] | state [enable | disable] | link_monitor [error_symbol {threshold | window | notify_state [enable | disable]} (1) | error_frame {threshold | window | notify_state [enable | disable]} (1) | error_frame_seconds {threshold | window
PAGE 626
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide critical_link_event –Specify critical link event. dying_gasp - An unrecoverable local failure condition has occurred. critical_event - An unspecified critical event has occurred. notify_state - Specify the event notification status. The default state is enable. enable - Specify to enable event notification. disable - Specify to disable event notification. remote_loopback - Specify remote loop.
PAGE 627
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To configure the error frame seconds threshold to 2 and period to 10000 ms for port 1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config ethernet_oam ports 1 link_monitor error_frame_seconds threshold 2 window 10000 notify_state enable Command: config ethernet_oam ports 1 link_monitor error_frame_seconds threshold 2 window 10000 notify_state enable Success.
PAGE 628
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 61-2 show ethernet_oam ports Description This command is used to display Ethernet OAM information, including status, configuration, statistics, and event log, on specified ports. The status information includes: (1) OAM administration status: enabled or disabled. (2) OAM operation status. It maybe the below value:           Disable: OAM is disabled on this port.
PAGE 629
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ethernet_oam ports {} [status | configuration | statistics | event_log {index }] Parameters - (Optional) Specify the range of ports to display. status - Specify to display the Ethernet OAM status. configuration - Specify to display the Ethernet OAM configuration. statistics - Specify to display Ethernet OAM statistics.
PAGE 630
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 61-3 clear ethernet_oam ports Description This command is used to clear Ethernet OAM information. Format clear ethernet_oam ports [ | all] [event_log | statistics] Parameters - Specify a range of Ethernet OAM ports to be cleared. all - Specify to clear all Ethernet OAM ports. event_log - Specify to clear Ethernet OAM event log information. statistics - Specify to clear Ethernet OAM statistics.
PAGE 631
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 62 Packet Storm Commands config traffic control [ | all] {broadcast [enable | disable] | multicast [enable | disable] | unicast [enable | disable] | action [drop | shutdown] | threshold | countdown [ | | disable] | time_interval }(1) config traffic control auto_recover_time [ | ] config traffic control log state [enable | disable] config tr
PAGE 632
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter a value between 5 and 30 minutes. disable – Specifies that when the action is shutdown and the countdown is disabled, when the Switch detects a storm, it will shutdown the port directly. time_interval - The sampling interval of received packet counts. This parameter is meaningless for dropping packets is selected as action. - Specify the value between 5 and 600.
PAGE 633
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config traffic control auto_recover_time 5 Command: config traffic control auto_recover_time 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 62-3 config traffic control log state Description This command is used to configure the traffic control log state. When the log state is enabled, traffic control states are logged when a storm occurs and when a storm is cleared.
PAGE 634
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: A traffic control trap is active only when the control action is configured as shutdown. If the control action is drop there will no traps issue while storm event is detected. Format config traffic trap [none | storm_occurred | storm_cleared | both] Parameters none - No notification will be generated when storm event is detected or cleared.
PAGE 635
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the packet storm control setting for ports 1 to 3: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show traffic control 1-3 Command: show traffic control 1-3 Traffic Control Trap : [None] Traffic Control Log : Enabled Traffic Control Auto Recover Time: 0 Minutes Port Thres hold ---- -----1 640 2 640 3 640 Broadcast Storm --------Enabled Enabled Enabled Multicast Storm --------Disabled Disabled Disabled Unicast Storm -------Disab
PAGE 636
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 63 Password Recovery Commands enable password_recovery disable password_recovery show password_recovery 63-1 enable password_recovery Description This command is used to enable the password recovery mode. Note: The configuration does not take effect until saved. Format enable password_recovery Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 637
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable password_recovery Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable the password recovery mode: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable password_recovery Command: disable password_recovery Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 63-3 show password_recovery Description The command is used to display the password recovery state.
PAGE 638
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the password recovery state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show password_recovery Command: show password_recovery Running Configuration NV-RAM Configuration : Disabled : Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 634
PAGE 639
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 64 Port Security Commands config port_security ports [ | all] [{admin_state [enable | disable] | max_learning_addr | lock_address_mode [permanent | deleteontimeout | deleteonreset]}(1) | {vlan [ | vlanid ] max_learning_addr [ | no_limit]}(1)] config port_security system max_learning_addr [ | no_limit] config port_security
PAGE 640
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide VLAN of the entry is removed or the port are removed from the VLAN, or port security is disabled on the port where the address resides. deleteontimeout - The locked addresses can be aged out after aging timer expires. deleteonreset - This address will be removed if the switch is reset or reboots.
PAGE 641
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config port_security system max_learning_addr [ | no_limit] Parameters - Specify the maximum number of MAC address entries that can be learned by the system. If the setting is smaller than the number of current learned entries on all enabled ports, the command will be rejected. no_limit - By default, the number above is set to no limit.
PAGE 642
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the maximum number of entries that can be learned at 64: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Command: config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Success.
PAGE 643
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 64-5 clear port_security_entry Description This command is used to clear the MAC entries learned from the specified port(s) or VLAN(s) for the port security function. Format clear port_security_entry {ports [ | all] | {[vlan | vlanid ]}} Parameters ports - (Optional) The port-security entries learned on the specified port will be cleared.
PAGE 644
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None.
PAGE 645
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Port Security Log State System Maximum Address : Disabled : 512 VLAN Configuration (Only VLANs with limitation are displayed) VID VLAN Name Max. Learning Addr.
PAGE 646
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config port_security log state enable Command: config port_security log state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 64-9 config port_security trap state Description This command is used to enable or disable the sending of port security traps.
PAGE 647
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 65 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands config poe ports [all | ] {state [enable | disable] | [time_range | clear_time_range] | priority [critical | high | low] | power_limit [class_0 | class_1 | class_2 | class_3 | user_define ]} config poe system {units [ | all]} {power_limit | power_disconnect_method [deny_next_port | deny_low_priority_port] | le
PAGE 648
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide power_limit - (Optional) Specifies the per-port power limit. If a port exceeds its power limit, it will be shut down. Based on the industry standard, 802.3af, there are 5 kinds of PD classes, class 0, class 1, class 2, and class 3. The power consumption ranges for them are 0.44~12.95W, 0.44~3.84W, 3.84~6.49W, 6.49~12.95W, and 12.95~29.5W, respectively.
PAGE 649
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters units - (Optional) Specifies the unit list that will be configured. - Enter the unit list, used for this configuration, here. all - Specifies that all the units will be used for this configuration. power_limit - (Optional) Specifies the power budget of the PoE system. - Enter the power budger limit value here. This value must be between 37 and 740.
PAGE 650
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the list of ports to be displayed here. - Enter the list of ports, used for the display, here. If no parameter is specified, the system will display the status for all the ports. Restrictions None.
PAGE 651
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters units - (Optional) Specifies the unit list, that will be displayed, here. - Enter the unit list, used for this display, here. If no parameter is specified, the system will display the status of all the supported PoE units in the system. Restrictions None.
PAGE 652
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 66 Power Saving Commands config power_saving {state [enable | disable] | length_detection [enable | disable]} show power_saving 66-1 config power_saving Description This command is used to configure the power saving for the system. By default, the power saving mode is enabled and the length detection mode is disabled. The power saving length detection function applies to the Gigabit ports with copper media.
PAGE 653
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config power_saving state enable Command: config power_saving state enable Success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 66-2 show power_saving Description This command is used to display power saving information. Format show power_saving Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 654
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 67 Precision Time Protocol (PTP) Commands enable ptp disable ptp config ptp mode [boundary | p2p_transparent | e2e_transparent] config ptp transport protocol [ethernet | udp] config ptp clock domain_number {unit } {domain_name } config ptp boundary {priority1 | priority2 }(1) config ptp ports [ | all] state [enable | disable] config ptp bo
PAGE 655
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable ptp Command: enable ptp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 67-2 disable ptp Description This command is used to disable the PTP function globally. When the PTP function is disabled, all switch ports will forward the PTP packets according to the multicast filtering configuration. Format disable ptp Parameters None.
PAGE 656
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide is receiving the PTP event messages. Ports on peer-to-peer transparent clocks use the peer delay mechanism to calculate the propagation delay between PTP ports. An End-to-End Transparent Clock supports the use of an end-to-end delay measurement mechanism between the slave clock and the master clock. Ports on end-to-end transparent clocks are independent of propagation delay mechanisms.
PAGE 657
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To specify the transport protocol of PTP as IEEE802.3 Ethernet frames: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config ptp transport protocol ethernet Command: config ptp transport protocol ethernet Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 67-5 config ptp clock domain_number Description This command is used to configure the PTP clock common attribute of the domain number.
PAGE 658
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the domain number of the PTP clock as 1 and assign a domain name of internal_domain for the unit 1, when the stacking mode is enabled. DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config ptp clock domain_number 1 unit 1 domain_name internal_domain Command: config ptp clock domain_number 1 unit 1 domain_name internal_domain Success.
PAGE 659
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 67-7 config ptp ports Description This command is used to configure the per port state of the PTP clock. PTP port active state should meet the following three conditions: • • • The global PTP state is enabled. The port PTP state is enabled. The port is not blocked, if the stp state is enabled.
PAGE 660
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of port used for this configuration. - Enter the list of port used for this configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used for this configuration. announce - (Optional) Specifies that the announce options will be configured. interval - Specifies the mean time interval between successive announce messages.
PAGE 661
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the announce timeout attribute of ports 1-4 to 4 seconds, which is about 4*Announce interval: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config ptp boundary ports 1:1-1:4 announce timeout 4 Command: config ptp boundary ports 1:1-1:4 announce timeout 4 Success.
PAGE 662
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 67-9 config ptp p2p_transparent ports Description This command is used to configure the pdelay_request message attribute for the message interval of the P2P transparent clock. Format config ptp p2p_transparent ports [ | all] pdelay_req_interval Parameters ports - Specifies the list of port used for this configuration. - Enter the list of port used for this configuration here.
PAGE 663
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show the global PTP configuration: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ptp Command: show ptp PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP State Setting Mode Setting Transport Protocol Setting Clock Domain Number Setting Clock Domain Name Setting : Enabled : Boundary Clock : UDP : 0 : Internal Domain DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 67-11 show ptp clock Description This command is used to display the active attributes of the PTP clock.
PAGE 664
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ptp clock Command: show ptp clock PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP State Clock Mode Transport Protocol Clock Domain Number Clock Domain Name Clock Identity Priority 1 Priority 2 Clock Class Steps Removed Last Offset Mean Path Delay Enabled Ports : Enabled : Boundary Clock : UDP : 1 : internal_domain : ACDE48FFFE6789AB : 128 : 128 : 187 : 2 : +130ns : 1 second : 1:1-1:4, 2:1-2:
PAGE 665
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide PTP PTP PTP PTP Steps Removed Last Offset Mean Path Delay Enabled Ports : 2 : +110 ns : 120 second : 1:1-1:4, Box ID: 2 PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP State Clock Mode Transport Protocol Clock Domain Number Clock Domain Name Clock Identity Priority 1 Priority 2 Clock Class Steps Removed Last Offset Mean Path Delay Enabled Ports : Enabled : Boundary Clock : UDP : 1 : internal_domain : ACDE482345678
PAGE 666
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ptp clock parent Command: show ptp clock parent PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP Parent Port Parent Port Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Identity Number Identity Clock Class Clock Accuracy Priority 1 Priority 2 : : : : : : : ACDE48FFFE6789AB 3 ACDE48FFFE9789AD 13 100ns 120 127 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# The display of the active attributes of the boundary clock parent when t
PAGE 667
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ptp clock parent Command: show ptp clock parent Box ID: 1 PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP PTP Parent Port Parent Port Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Grandmaster Identity Number Identity Clock Class Clock Accuracy Priority 1 Priority 2 : : : : : : : ACDE4823456789AB 3 ACDE4823659789AD 13 100ns 120 127 Identity Number Identity Clock Class Clock Accuracy Priority 1 Priority 2 : : : : :
PAGE 668
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ptp ports 1:1-1:4 Command: show ptp ports 1:1-1:4 The active attributes: DM : AI : ART : SI : DRIM: DRIS: PDRI: PMPD: Port 1:1 1:2 1:3 1:4 Delay Mechanism Announce Interval Announce Receipt Timeout Synchronization Interval Delay_Request Interval-Master Delay_Request Interval-Slave Pdelay_Request Interval Peer Mean Path Delay Role Master Slave Master Master DM P2P E2E P2P P2P AI 2 1 2 2 ART 8 8
PAGE 669
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports – (Optional) Specifies the list of port used for this display. - Enter the list of port used for this display here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used for this display. Restrictions None.
PAGE 670
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ptp p2p_transparent ports [ | all] Parameters ports - Specifies the list of port used for this display. - Enter the list of port used for this display here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used for this display. Restrictions None.
PAGE 671
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To show the current records of the foreign master data set for special ports 1:1-1:3 of the boundary clock: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show ptp foreign_master_records ports all Command: show ptp foreign_master_records ports all FM Port Identity FM Port Number FM Announce Messages Port 1:1 2:1 FM Port Identity 001655fffe200000 001655fffe200000 : The clock identity of the Foreign Master Port : The port number of the Fore
PAGE 672
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 68 Protocol VLAN Commands create dot1v_protocol_group group_id group_name config dot1v_protocol_group [group_id | group_name ] [add protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.3_llc] | delete protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.
PAGE 673
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 68-2 config dot1v_protocol_group Description This command is used to add a protocol to a protocol group. The selection of a protocol can be a pre-defined protocol type or a user defined protocol. Format config dot1v_protocol_group [group_id | group_name ] [add protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.3_llc] | delete protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.
PAGE 674
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To add a protocol IPv6 to protocol group 4: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config dot1v_protocol_group group_id 4 add protocol ethernet_2 86dd Command: config dot1v_protocol_group group_id 4 add protocol ethernet_2 86dd Success.
PAGE 675
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 68-4 show dot1v_protocol_group Description This command is used to display the protocols defined in protocol groups. Format show dot1v_protocol_group {group_id | group_name } Parameters group_id - (Optional) Specify the group ID to be displayed. - Specify the group ID to be displayed. group_name - (Optional) Specify the name of the protocol group. - Specify the name of the protocol group.
PAGE 676
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config port dot1v ports [ | all] [add protocol_group [group_id | group_name ] [vlan | vlanid ] {priority } | delete protocol_group [group_id | all]] Parameters - Specify a range of ports to apply this command. all - Specify all ports. add protocol_group - Specify to add a protocol group. group_id - Specify the group ID of the protocol group.
PAGE 677
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. - Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: If no parameter is specified, information for all ports will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 678
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 69 QoS Commands config bandwidth_control [ | all] {rx_rate [no_limit | ] | tx_rate [no_limit | ]}(1) show bandwidth_control {} config per_queue bandwidth_control {ports [ | all]} {{min_rate [no_limit | ]} max_rate [no_limit | ]}(1) show per_queue bandwidth_control {} config schedul
PAGE 679
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure port bandwidth: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config bandwidth_control 1-10 tx_rate 1024 Command: config bandwidth_control 1-10 tx_rate 1024 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 69-2 show bandwidth_control Description This command is used to display the port bandwidth configurations. The bandwidth can also be assigned by the RADIUS server through the authentication process.
PAGE 680
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-3 config per_queue bandwidth_control Description This command is used to set the bandwidth control for each specific egress queue on specified ports. The maximum rate limits the bandwidth. When specified, packets transmitted from the queue will not exceed the specified limit even if extra bandwidth is available.
PAGE 681
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 69-4 show per_queue bandwidth_control Description This command is used to display the bandwidth control setting of per egress queue for each port. Format show per_queue bandwidth_control {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed.
PAGE 682
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the range of ports to be configured. - Enter the list of ports here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used. - Specifies the 8 hardware priority queues that the config scheduling command will apply to. The eight hardware priority queues are identified by a number from 0 to 7 with the 0 queue being the lowest priority.
PAGE 683
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the traffic scheduling mechanism for each CoS queue: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config scheduling_mechanism strict Command: config scheduling_mechanism strict Success.
PAGE 684
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide -------Class-0 Class-1 Class-2 Class-3 Class-4 Class-5 Class-6 Class-7 -----1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 QOS Output Scheduling On Port: 2 Class ID Weight -------- -----Class-0 1 Class-1 2 Class-2 3 Class-3 4 Class-4 5 Class-5 6 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page ENTER Next Entry a All To display the traffic scheduling parameters for each CoS queue on port 1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show scheduling 1 Command: show scheduling 1 QOS Outpu
PAGE 685
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 686
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-9 config 802.1p user_priority Description This command is used to configure the way by which the switch will map an incoming packet, based on its 802.1p user priority, to one of the eight available hardware priority queues on the switch. The switch’s default is to map the following incoming 802.1p user priority values to the eight hardware priority queues. The suggested mapping is shown in the following table.
PAGE 687
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-10 show 802.1p user_priority Description This command is used to display 802.1p user priority. Format show 802.1p user_priority {} Parameters - (Optional) Specifies the range of ports to be configured. Restrictions None. Example To display the 802.1p user priority: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show 802.1p user_priority Command: show 802.
PAGE 688
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-11 config 802.1p default_priority Description This command is used to specify default priority for untagged packets received on a port of the switch. Format config 802.1p default_priority [ | all ] Parameters - Specify a range of ports for which the default priority is to be configured.
PAGE 689
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will display all ports with 802.1p default priority. Restrictions None. Example To display 802.1p default priority for ports 1 to 4: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show 802.1p default_priority 1-4 Command: show 802.
PAGE 690
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 69-14 disable hol_prevention Description This command is used to disable head of line prevention on the switch. Format disable hol_prevention Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable HOL prevention on the switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable hol_prevention Command: disable hol_prevention Success.
PAGE 691
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display HOL prevention state on the switch: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show hol_prevention Command: show hol_prevention Device HOL Prevention State: Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 687
PAGE 692
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 70 Q-in-Q Command enable qinq disable qinq show qinq config qinq ports [ | all] {role [uni | nni] | missdrop [enable | disable] | outer_tpid | use_inner_priority [enable | disable] | add_inner_tag [ | disable]}(1) config qinq inner_tpid show qinq inner_tpid show qinq ports {} create vlan_translation ports [ | all] [add cvid
PAGE 693
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 70-2 disable qinq Description This command is used to disable Q-in-Q. When Q-in-Q is disabled, all dynamic learned L2 addresses will be cleared, all dynamic registered VLAN entries will be cleared, and GVRP will be disabled. To run GVRP on the switch, the administrator should enable GVRP manually. Format disable qinq Parameters None.
PAGE 694
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display Q-in-Q: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show qinq Command: show qinq QinQ Status : Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 70-4 config qinq ports Description This command is used to configure Q-in-Q port parameters on this Switch.
PAGE 695
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 70-5 config qinq inner_tpid Description The command is used to configure the inner TPID of the system. The inner TPID is used to decide if the ingress packet is c-tagged. Inner tag TPID is per system configurable. This command is used in the ‘per-system’ TPID configuration.
PAGE 696
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the inner TPID of the system: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show qinq inner_tpid Command: show qinq inner_tpid Inner TPID: 0x8100 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 70-7 show qinq ports Description This command is used to display the Q-in-Q configuration of ports. Format show qinq ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed.
PAGE 697
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide --------------------------------------------------------Role: NNI Miss Drop: Disabled Outer Tpid: 0x8100 Use Inner Priority: Disabled Add Inner Tag: Disabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 70-8 create vlan_translation ports Description This command is used to create translation relationships between C-VLAN and S-VLAN. This setting will not be effective when the Q-in-Q mode is disabled.
PAGE 698
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To add S-tag with SVID 300 and 802.1p priority 5, if incoming packet with CVID 30: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create vlan_translation ports 1 add cvid 30 svid 300 priority 5 Command: create vlan_translation ports 1 add cvid 30 svid 300 priority 5 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 70-9 delete vlan_translation ports Description This command is used to delete translation relationships between C-VLAN and S-VLAN.
PAGE 699
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show vlan_translation {[ports | cvid ]} Parameters ports - Specify to display the C-VLAN based VLAN translation rules of the ports. - Specify a range of ports to be displayed. cvid - Specify to display the rules for the specified CVIDs. - Specify a range of VLAN IDs. Restrictions None.
PAGE 700
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 71 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Command List enable rip config rip [ipif | all] {authentication [enable | disable] | tx_mode [disable | v1_only | v1_compatible | v2_only] | rx_mode [v1_only | v2_only | v1_or_v2 | disable] | state [enable | disable]}(1) config rip timers {update | timeout | garbage_collection } disable rip show rip {ipif
PAGE 701
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config rip [ipif | all] {authentication [enable | disable] | tx_mode [disable | v1_only | v1_compatible | v2_only] | rx_mode [v1_only | v2_only | v1_or_v2 | disable] | state [enable | disable]}(1) Parameters ipif_name - Specifies the IP interface name used for this configuration. - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long.
PAGE 702
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config rip timers {update | timeout | garbage_collection } Parameters update - (Optional) Specifies the value of the rate at which RIP updates are sent. - Enter the update value used here. This value must be between 5 and 65535 seconds. timeout - (Optional) Specifies the value of the time after which a RIP route is declared to be invalid.
PAGE 703
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable RIP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable rip Command: disable rip Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 71-5 show rip Description This command is used to display the RIP configuration for one or all the IP interfaces. Format show rip {ipif } Parameters ipif - (Optional) Specifies the IP interface name used for this configuration. - Enter the IP interface name used here.
PAGE 704
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show rip Command: show rip RIP Global State Update Time Timeout Time Garbage Collection Time : : : : Enabled 120 seconds 300 seconds 150 seconds RIP Interface Settings Interface IP Address TX Mode Authentication ------------- ------------------ ---------- ------------- ---------System 2.2.2.2/8 V1 Comp. V1 or V2 Enabled n40 40.0.0.2/16 V1 Comp. V1 or V2 Enabled n90 90.0.0.2/16 V1 Comp.
PAGE 705
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 72 RIPng Commands enable ripng disable ripng show ripng {ipif } config ripng {method [no_horizon | split_horizon | poison_reverse] | update | expire | garbage_collection } config ripng ipif [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | metric } 72-1 enable ripng Description This command is used to enable RIPng globally for the Switch.
PAGE 706
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable RIPng globally: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable ripng Command: disable ripng Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 72-3 show ripng Description This command is used to display the RIPng state on all or specified interfaces.
PAGE 707
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show ripng Command: show ripng Global State: Disabled Method: Split Horizon Update Time: 30 seconds Expire Time: 180 seconds Garbage Collection Time: 120 seconds Interface State Metric ----------------------------------------------------Total Entries : 0 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 72-4 config ripng Description This command is used to configure the RIPng algorithm and timer.
PAGE 708
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config ripng method poison_reverse Command: config ripng method poison_reverse Success.
PAGE 709
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 73 RSPAN Commands enable rspan disable rspan create rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ] delete rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ] config rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ] [redirect [add | delete] ports | source {[mirror_group_id | [add | delete] ports [rx | tx | both]]}] show rspan {[vlan_name
PAGE 710
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable the RSPAN globally: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable rspan Command: disable rspan Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 73-3 create rspan vlan Description This command is used to create an RSPAN VLAN. Up to 16 RSPAN VLANs can be created.
PAGE 711
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide To create an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN ID “3”: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create rspan vlan vlan_id 3 Command: create rspan vlan vlan_id 3 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 73-4 delete rspan vlan Description This command is used to delete an RSPAN VLAN. Format delete rspan vlan [vlan_name | vlan_id ] Parameters vlan_name - Specify the RSPAN VLAN by VLAN name. - Specify the VLAN name.
PAGE 712
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 73-5 config rspan vlan Description This command is used by the source switch to configure the source setting for the RSPAN VLAN. The redirect command is used by the intermediate or last switch to configure the output port of the RSPAN VLAN packets, and makes sure that the RSPAN VLAN packets can egress to the redirect ports. In addition, the VLAN setting must be correctly configured to make the RSPAN VLAN work correctly.
PAGE 713
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure an RSPAN source entry without source target port: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config rspan vlan vlan_name vlan2 source add ports 2-5 rx Command: config rspan vlan vlan_name vlan2 source add ports 2-5 rx Success.
PAGE 714
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display specific RSPAN settings: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show rspan vlan_id 63 Command: show rspan vlan_id 63 RSPAN : Enabled RSPAN VLAN ID : 63 -------------------Mirror Group ID : Target Port : Source Port RX : TX : Redirect Port : 1 1 2-5 2-5 9-12 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display all RSPAN settings: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show rspan Command: show rspan RSPAN : Enabled RSPAN VLAN ID : 1 -------------------Mirro
PAGE 715
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 74 Safeguard Engine Commands config safeguard_engine {state [enable | disable] | utilization {rising | falling }(1) | trap_log [enable | disable] | mode [strict | fuzzy]}(1) show safeguard_engine 74-1 config safeguard_engine Description This command is used to configure the safeguard engine for the system.
PAGE 716
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the safeguard engine: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Command: config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 74-2 show safeguard_engine Description This command is used to display safeguard engine information. Format show safeguard_engine Parameters None.
PAGE 717
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 75 sFlow Commands enable sflow disable sflow show sflow create sflow flow_sampler ports [ | all] analyzer_server_id {rate | tx_rate | maxheadersize } config sflow flow_sampler ports [ | all] {rate | tx_rate | maxheadersize }(1) delete sflow flow_sampler ports [ | all] create sflow an
PAGE 718
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 75-2 disable sflow Description This command is used to disable the sFlow function. Format disable sflow Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable the sFlow function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable sflow Command: disable sflow Success.
PAGE 719
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the sFlow information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show sflow Command: show sflow sFlow sFlow sFlow sFlow Version : Address : AddressV6: State : V5 10.90.90.90 FE80::201:2FF:FE03:400 Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 75-4 create sflow flow_sampler ports Description This command is used to create the sFlow flow sampler.
PAGE 720
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 200 maxheadersize 120 Command: create sflow flow_sampler ports 1 analyzer_server_id 1 rate 200 maxheadersize 120 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 75-5 config sflow flow_sampler ports Description This command is used to configure the sFlow flow sampler parameters.
PAGE 721
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 75-6 delete sflow flow_sampler ports Description This command is used to delete the sFlow flow sampler. Format delete sflow flow_sampler ports [ | all] Parameters - Specify the list of ports to be deleted. all - Specify to delete all ports. Restrictions Only Administrator and Operator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 722
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the time out value, in seconds, between 1 and 2000000. infinite - Specify to never time out. collectoraddress - (Optional) Specify the IP address of the analyzer server. - Specify the IP address of the analyzer server. If not specified, the address will be 0.0.0.0, which means that the entry will be inactive. - Specify the IPv6 address of the analyzer server.
PAGE 723
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 75-9 config sflow analyzer_server Description This command is used to configure the sFlow analyzer server information. More than one collector with the same IP address can be specified if the UDP port numbers are unique.
PAGE 724
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 75-10 show sflow analyzer_server Description This command is used to display sFlow analyzer server information. Format show sflow analyzer_server Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 725
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the ports to be configured. all - Specify to configure all ports. analyzer_server_id - Specify the ID of an analyzer server where the packet will be forwarded. - Specify the ID of an analyzer server where the packet will be forwarded. interval - (Optional) Specify the maximum number of seconds between successive statistic counters information.
PAGE 726
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval 50 Command: config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval 50 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 75-13 delete sflow counter_poller ports Description This command is used to delete the sFlow counter poller. Format delete sflow counter_poller ports [ | all] Parameters - Specify the ports to be deleted. all - Specify to delete all ports.
PAGE 727
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 728
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 76 Single IP Management Commands enable sim disable sim show sim {[candidates {} | members {} | group {commander_mac } | neighbor]} reconfig [member_id | exit] config sim_group [add {} | delete ] config sim [[ commander {group_name } | candidate ] | dp_interval | hold_time
PAGE 729
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 76-2 disable sim Description This command is used to configure the single IP management on the switch as disabled. Format disable sim Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable single IP management: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable sim Command: disable sim Success.
PAGE 730
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To show the self information in detail: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show sim Command: show sim SIM Version Firmware Version Device Name MAC Address Capabilities Platform SIM State Role State Discovery Interval Hold Time : : : : : : : : : : VER-1.61 1.00.
PAGE 731
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 2 00-55-55-00-55-00 DGS-3420-28SC-DC L3 Switch 140 2.00.
PAGE 732
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 76-4 reconfig Description This command is used to re-Telnet to a member. Format reconfig [member_id | exit] Parameters member_id - Specify the serial number of a member. - Specify the serial number of a member. The value is between 1 and 32. exit - Specify to terminate command switch access. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 733
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To add a member: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config sim_group add 2 Command: config sim_group add 2 Please wait for ACK !!! SIM Config Success !!! Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To delete a member: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config sim_group delete 1 Command: config sim_group delete 1 Please wait for ACK !!! SIM Config Success !!! Success.
PAGE 734
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify the time in seconds the device holds the discovery result. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To transfer to commander: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config sim commander Command: config sim commander Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To transfer to candidate: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config sim candidate Command: config sim candidate Success.
PAGE 735
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 76-7 download sim_ms Description This command is used to download firmware or configuration from a TFTP server to indicated devices. Format download sim_ms [firmware_from_tftp | configuration_from_tftp] {[members | all ]} Parameters firmware_from_tftp - Specify to download firmware from a TFTP server.
PAGE 736
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Commands: download sim_ms configuration_from_tftp 10.55.47.1 D:\test.txt members 1-3 This device is updating configuration. Please wait several minutes...
PAGE 737
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ID -1 MAC Address Result ---------------------00-01-02-03-04-00 Success DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 733
PAGE 738
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 77 SMTP Commands enable smtp disable smtp config smtp {server | server_port | self_mail_addr | [add mail_receiver | delete mail_receiver ]} show smtp smtp send_testmsg 77-1 enable smtp Description This command is used to enable SMTP status.
PAGE 739
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable smtp Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To disable SMTP status: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable smtp Command: disable smtp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 77-3 config smtp Description This command is used to configure SMTP settings.
PAGE 740
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure an SMTP server IP address: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config smtp server 172.18.208.9 Command: config smtp server 172.18.208.9 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To configure an SMTP server port: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config smtp server_port 25 Command: config smtp server_port 25 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To configure a mail source address: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config smtp self_mail_addr clyde_frazier@dlink.
PAGE 741
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show smtp Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the current SMTP information: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show smtp Command: show smtp SMTP SMTP SMTP Self Status Server Address Server Port Mail Address Index ----1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 : Disabled : 0.0.0.
PAGE 742
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To test whether the SMTP server can be reached: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# smtp send_testmsg Command: smtp send_testmsg Subject: This is a test of SMTP. Content: Hello, everybody! Sending mail, please wait! Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# Note: The sentences following “Subject:” and “Content:” are user inputs.
PAGE 743
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 78 SNMPv1/v2/v3 Commands create snmp user {encrypted [by_password auth [md5 | sha ] priv [none | des ] | by_key auth [md5 | sha ] priv [none | des ]]} delete snmp user show snmp user show snmp groups create snmp view view_type [included | excl
PAGE 744
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide to 32 characters. encrypted - (Optional) Specify whether the password appears in encrypted format. by_password auth - Indicate the input password for authentication sha - Specify the HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level between 8 and 20 characters. - Specify the HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level between 8 and 20 characters. md5 – Specify the HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level between 8 and 16 characters.
PAGE 745
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the user on the host to be deleted. The range is 1 to 32 characters. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To delete an SNMP user: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete snmp user dlink Command: delete snmp user dlink Success.
PAGE 746
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Total Entries : 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-4 show snmp groups Description This command is used to display the names of groups on the switch, and the security model, level, and the status of the different views. Format show snmp groups Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 747
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Total Entries: 3 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-5 create snmp view Description This command is used to assign views to community strings to limit which MIB objects an SNMP manager can access. Format create snmp view view_type [included | excluded] Parameters - Specify the view name to be created. - Specify the object-identified tree (the MIB tree).
PAGE 748
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide all - Specify to view all records. - Specify the object-identified tree (the MIB tree). Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To remove a view record: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete snmp view dlinkview all Command: delete snmp view dlinkview all Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-7 show snmp view Description This command is used to display SNMP view records.
PAGE 749
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide CommunityView CommunityView 1.3.6.1.6.3 1.3.6.1.6.3.1 Excluded Included Total Entries: 8 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-8 create snmp community Description This command is used to create an SNMP community string. Use an SNMP community string to define the relationship between the SNMP manager and the agent. The community string acts like a password to permit access to the agent on the switch.
PAGE 750
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete snmp community Parameters - Specify the community string that will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To delete an SNMP community: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete snmp community dlink Command: delete snmp community dlink Success.
PAGE 751
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Community Name ---------------------------private public View Name -----------------------CommunityView CommunityView Access Right -----------read_write read_only Total Entries : 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-11 create snmp community_masking view Description This command is used to choose a security method for creating an SNMP community string, but the community string encrypted or not depends on the SNMP community encrypt
PAGE 752
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 78-12 config snmp engineID Description This command is used to configure an identifier for the SNMP engine on the switch. Associated with each SNMP entity is a unique engine ID. Format config snmp engineID Parameters - Specify the identify for the SNMP engine on the switch. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 753
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show snmp engineID Command: show snmp engineID SNMP Engine ID : 1023457890 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 78-14 create snmp group Description This command is used to create a new SNMP group.
PAGE 754
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 78-15 delete snmp group Description This command is used to remove an SNMP group. Format delete snmp group Parameters - Specify the name of the group that will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To remove an SNMP group: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete snmp group D_Link_group Command: delete snmp group D_Link_group Success.
PAGE 755
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide is specified, the auth_string presents the user name, and it must be one of the entries in the user table. Restrictions Only Administrator level users can issue this command. Example To create a recipient of an SNMP operation: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create snmp host 10.48.74.100 v3 noauth_nopriv initial Command: create snmp host 10.48.74.100 v3 noauth_nopriv initial Success.
PAGE 756
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 78-18 show snmp host Description This command is used to display the recipient for which the traps are targeted. Format show snmp host {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify the IP address of the recipient for which the traps are targeted. Note: If no parameter is specified, all SNMP hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 757
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Note: If no parameter is specified, all SNMP IPv6 hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 758
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success.
PAGE 759
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 78-22 show community_encryption Description This command is used to display the encryption state on the SNMP community string. Format show community_encryption Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 760
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 79 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) commands show stp show stp instance {} show stp ports {} show stp mst_config_id create stp instance_id delete stp instance_id config stp instance_id [add_vlan | remove_vlan] config stp mst_config_id {revision_level | name } (1) enable stp disable stp config stp version [mstp | rstp | stp] con
PAGE 761
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show stp Command: show stp STP Bridge Global Settings ----------------------------STP Status : Enabled STP Version : MSTP Max Age : 20 Forward Delay : 15 Max Hops : 20 TX Hold Count : 6 Forwarding BPDU : Enabled NNI BPDU Address : dot1d DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 79-2 show stp instance Description This command is used to display each instance parameters settings.
PAGE 762
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show stp instance Command: show stp instance STP Instance Settings --------------------------Instance Type : CIST Instance Status : Enabled Instance Priority : 32768(Bridge Priority : 32768, SYS ID Ext : 0 ) STP Instance Operational Status -------------------------------Designated Root Bridge : 32768/00-22-22-22-22-00 External Root Cost : 0 Regional Root Bridge : 32768/00-22-22-22-22-00 Internal Root Co
PAGE 763
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide MSTP Port Information Port Index : 1 , Hello Time : 2 /2 , Port STP : enabled External PathCost : Auto/200000 , Edge Port : No /No , P2P : False/No Port RestrictedRole : False, Port RestrictedTCN : False Port Forward BPDU : Enabled MSTI ----0 2 Designated Bridge -----------------N/A N/A Internal PathCost ----------------200000 200000 Prio ---128 128 Status ---------Disabled Disabled Role ---------Disabled Disabled DG
PAGE 764
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 79-5 create stp instance_id Description This command is used to create a new MST instance independent from the default Instance: CIST (Instance 0). After creating the MST instance, a user needs to configure the VLANs (using commands in 79-7), or the newly created MST instance will still be in a disabled state. Format create stp instance_id Parameters - Specify the MSTP instance ID.
PAGE 765
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an MSTP instance: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete stp instance_id 2 Command: delete stp instance_id 2 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 79-7 config stp instance_id Description There are two different action types to deal with an MST instance. They are listed as follows: 1) add_vlan: To map specified VLAN lists to an existing MST instance.
PAGE 766
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 79-8 config stp mst_config_id Description This command is used to configure a configuration name or revision level in the MST configuration identification. The default configuration name is the MAC address of the bridge. Format config stp mst_config_id {revision_level | name } (1) Parameters revision_level - Specify the revision level.
PAGE 767
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable STP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable stp Command: enable stp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 79-10 disable stp Description This command is used to disable STP functionality in every existing instance. Format disable stp Parameters None.
PAGE 768
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 79-11 config stp version Description This command is used to enable STP globally. If the version is configured as STP or RSTP, all currently running MSTIs should be disabled. If the version is configured as MSTP, the current chip design is enabled for all available MSTIs (assuming that CIST is enabled). Format config stp version [mstp | rstp | stp] Parameters mstp - Specify to use Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol.
PAGE 769
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the bridge priority value, which must be divisible by 4096. The default value is 32768. instance_id - Specify the identifier value, which is used to distinguish different STP instances. - Specify the identifier value, which is used to distinguish different STP instances. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 770
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Specify to enable FBPDU. disable - Specify to disable FBPDU. nni_bpdu_addr - Specify to determine the BPDU protocol address for STP in service provide site. It can use 802.1d STP address, 802.1ad service provider STP address. dot1d - Specify to use an 802.1d STP address. dot1ad - Specify to use an 802.1ad service provider STP address.
PAGE 771
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide auto - The bridge will delay for a period to become edge port if no bridge BPDU is received. p2p - Decide if this port is in Full-Duplex or Half-Duplex mode. true - Specify full-duplex mode. false - Specify half-duplex mode. auto - The switch will automatically determine the P2P mode. state - Decide if this port supports the STP functionality. enable - Enable to support STP functionality.
PAGE 772
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify a value between 1 and 200000000. priority - Specify the Port Priority. - Specify a value between 0 and 240. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 773
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 80 SSH Commands config ssh algorithm [3DES | AES128 | AES192 | AES256 | arcfour | blowfish | cast128 | twofish128 | twofish192 | twofish256 | MD5 | SHA1 | RSA | DSA] [enable | disable] show ssh algorithm config ssh authmode [password | publickey | hostbased] [enable | disable] show ssh authmode config ssh user authmode [hostbased [hostname | hostname_IP [ |
PAGE 774
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: config ssh algorithm DSA enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 80-2 show ssh algorithm Description This command is used to display the SSH authentication algorithm. Format show ssh algorithm Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 775
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DSA : Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 80-3 config ssh authmode Description This command is used to update the user authentication for SSH configuration. Format config ssh authmode [password | publickey | hostbased] [enable | disable] Parameters password - Specify the user authentication method. publickey - Specify the user authentication method. hostbased - Specify the user authentication method.
PAGE 776
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the SSH user authentication method: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show ssh authmode Command: show ssh authmode The SSH Authentication Method: Password : Enabled Public Key : Enabled Host-based : Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 80-5 config ssh user Description This command is used to update SSH user information.
PAGE 777
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config ssh user danilo authmode publickey Command: config ssh user danilo authmode publickey Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 80-6 show ssh user authmode Description This command is used to display SSH user information. Format show ssh user authmode Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command.
PAGE 778
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config ssh server {maxsession | contimeout | authfail | rekey [10min | 30min | 60min | never] | port }(1) Parameters maxsession - Specify the SSH server maximum session at the same time. - Specify the SSH server maximum session at the same time. The maximum session value must be between 1 and 8. The default value is 8.
PAGE 779
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable SSH: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable ssh Command: enable ssh Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 80-9 disable ssh Description This command is used to disable SSH server services. Format disable ssh Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 780
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 781
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 81 SSL Commands download ssl certificate certfilename keyfilename enable ssl {ciphersuite {RSA_with_RC4_128_MD5 | RSA_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | DHE_DSS_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | RSA_EXPORT_with_RC4_40_MD5 }(1)} disable ssl {ciphersuite {RSA_with_RC4_128_MD5 | RSA_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | DHE_DSS_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | RSA_EXPORT_with_RC4_40_MD5 }(1)} show ssl {certificat
PAGE 782
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide pkey.der Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 81-2 enable ssl Description This command is used to enable the SSL status and its individual cipher suites. Using the enable ssl command will enable the SSL feature, which means SSLv3 and TLSv1. Each cipher suite must be enabled by this command.
PAGE 783
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 81-3 disable ssl Description This command is used to disable the SSL feature and supported ciphersuites. Format disable ssl {ciphersuite {RSA_with_RC4_128_MD5 | RSA_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | DHE_DSS_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | RSA_EXPORT_with_RC4_40_MD5}(1)} Parameters ciphersuite - (Optional) This is used for configuring cipher suite combination.
PAGE 784
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 81-4 show ssl Description This command is used to display the current SSL status and supported ciphersuites. Format show ssl {certificate} Parameters certificate - (Optional) Specify the certificate type. Restrictions None.
PAGE 785
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ssl cachetimeout Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To show the SSL cache timeout: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show ssl cachetimeout Commands: show ssl cachetimeout Cache timeout is 600 second(s) DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 81-6 config ssl cachetimeout Description This command is used to configure the cache timeout value which is designed for the dlktimer library to remove the session ID after expiration.
PAGE 786
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Commands: config ssl cachetimeout 60 Success.
PAGE 787
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 82 Stacking Commands config stacking_mode [disable | enable] config stacking force_master_role state [enable | disable] show stacking_mode show stack_information show stack_device config box_id current_box_id new_box_id [auto | ] config box_priority current_box_id priority config stacking log state [enable | disable] config stacking trap state [enable | disable]
PAGE 788
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide stacking is stable, master’s priority will become zero. If stacking topology change again, Master will use priority zero and MAC address to determine who new primary master is. Format config stacking force_master_role state [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies that the Switch's Stacking Force Master Role state will be enabled.
PAGE 789
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show stacking_mode Command: show stacking_mode Stacking mode : Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 82-4 show stack_information Description This command displays stacking information. Format show stack_information Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 790
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 7 8 - NOT_EXIST NOT_EXIST No No DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 82-5 show stack_device Description This command displays stack device information. Format show stack_device Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 791
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter the current box ID value used here. This value must be between 1 and 12. new_box_id - Specifies the new ID assigned to the box. auto - Specifies that the box ID to be assigned automatically by the stack system. The new box ID will take effect after the next boot. - Enter the new box ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 12.
PAGE 792
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 82-8 config stacking log state Description This command is used to configure the log state for stacking. Format config stacking log state [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies that the Switch’s stacking log will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the Switch’s stacking log will be disabled. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 793
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the stacking trap state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config stacking trap state enable Command: config stacking trap state enable Success.
PAGE 794
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 83 Static MAC-based VLAN Commands create mac_based_vlan mac_address [vlan | vlanid ] {priority } delete mac_based_vlan {mac_address [vlan | vlanid ]} show mac_based_vlan {mac_address | [vlan | vlanid ]} 83-1 create mac_based_vlan mac_address Description This command is used to create sta
PAGE 795
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 83-2 delete mac_based_vlan Description This command is used to delete static MAC-based VLAN entries. Format delete mac_based_vlan {mac_address [vlan | vlanid ]} Parameters mac_address - (Optional) Specify the MAC address to be deleted. - Specify the MAC address to be deleted. vlan - (Optional) Specify the VLAN associated with the MAC address.
PAGE 796
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide vlan - (Optional) Specify the VLAN associated with the MAC address. - Specify the VLAN name. The maximum length is 32 characters. vlanid - (Optional) Specify the VLAN ID associated with the MAC address. - Specify the VLAN ID between 1 and 4094. Restrictions None. Example In the following example, MAC address “00-80-c2-33-c3-45” is assigned to VLAN 300 by manual configuration.
PAGE 797
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 84 Static Replication Commands create ipmc_vlan_replication_entry config ipmc_vlan_replication {[ttl [decrease | no_decrease] | src_mac [replace | no_replace]]}(1) config ipmc_vlan_replication_entry destination [add | delete] [vlan | vlanid ] ports config ipmc_vlan_replication_entry source [[vlan | vlanid ] | group [add |
PAGE 798
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 84-2 config ipmc_vlan_replication Description This command is used to configure the IP multicast VLAN replication global settings. Generally, when a multicast packet is forwarded across VLANs, the TTL will be decreased by one. If no_decrease is specified, the TTL will not be decreased. Similarly, it can be specified to replace a source MAC address for a packet to be forwarded across VLANs.
PAGE 799
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the IP multicast VLAN replication entry to be configured. add - Specify to add an IP multicast replication entry. delete - Specify to delete an IP multicast replication entry. vlan - Specify the outgoing VLAN name. - The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - Specify the outgoing VLAN ID. - Specify the outgoing VLAN ID here.
PAGE 800
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide add - Specify to add a group. delete - Specify to delete a group. mcast_ip - Specify the multicast IP address list. - Enter the multicast IP address list here. source_ip - (Optional) Specify the source IP address. - Enter the source IP address here. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 801
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 84-6 enable ipmc_vlan_replication Description This command is used to enable static configuration of IP multicast VLAN replication. Format enable ipmc_vlan_replication Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 802
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable ipmc_vlan_replication Command: disable ipmc_vlan_replication Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 84-8 show ipmc_vlan_replication Description This command is used to display the static IP multicast VLAN replication global setting. Format show ipmc_vlan_replication Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 803
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide displayed. hardware - (Optional) Specify to display the (S,G) groups which are in the chipset. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 804
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 85 Subnet VLAN Commands create subnet_vlan [network | ipv6network ] [vlan | vlanid ] {priority } delete subnet_vlan [network | ipv6network | vlan | vlanid | all] show subnet_vlan {[network | ipv6network | vlan | vlanid ]}
PAGE 805
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create a subnet VLAN entry: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create subnet_vlan network 172.168.1.1/24 vlan v2 priority 2 Command: create subnet_vlan network 172.168.1.1/24 vlan v2 priority 2 Success.
PAGE 806
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete subnet_vlan network 172.168.1.1/24 Command: delete subnet_vlan network 172.168.1.1/24 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To delete all subnet VLAN entries: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete subnet_vlan all Command: delete subnet_vlan all Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 85-3 show subnet_vlan Description This command is used to display a subnet VLAN.
PAGE 807
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide IP Address/Subnet Mask -----------------------172.168.1.1/255.255.255.
PAGE 808
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Enter a list of ports used for this configuration here. mac_based_vlan - Specifies that the MAC-based VLAN classification is precedence than subnet VLAN classification subnet_vlan - Specifies that the subnet VLAN classification is precedence than MAC-based VLAN classification Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 809
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show vlan_precedence ports 1:1-1:5 Command: show vlan_precedence ports 1:1-1:5 Port ---1 2 3 4 5 VLAN Precedence ----------------MAC-Based VLAN Subnet VLAN MAC-Based VLAN MAC-Based VLAN Subnet VLAN DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 805
PAGE 810
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 86 Switch Port Commands config ports [ | all] {medium_type [fiber | copper]} {speed [auto {capability_advertised {10_half | 10_full | 100_half | 100_full | 1000_full}} | 10_half | 10_full | 100_half | 100_full | 1000_full {[master | slave]}] | auto_negotiation [restart_an | remote_fault_advertised [disable | offline | link_fault | auto_negotiation_error]] | flow_control [enable | disable] | learning [enab
PAGE 811
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide offline - Specifies that a local device may indicate Offline prior to powering off, running transmitter tests, or removing the local device from the active configuration. If it is set and detected offline, it will advertise at the next auto-negotiation. It interacted for 1000Mbps MAUs.
PAGE 812
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ports {} {[description | err_disabled | auto_negotiation | details | media_type]} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. description - (Optional) Specify to display the port description. err_disabled - (Optional) Specify to display disabled information. auto_negotiation - (Optional) Specifies to display detailed auto-negotiation information.
PAGE 813
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Auto Description: 1:2 Enabled Auto/Disabled Link Down Auto Description: 1:3 Enabled Auto/Disabled Link Down Auto Description: 1:4 Enabled Auto/Disabled Link Down Auto Description: CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page p Previous Page r Refresh Enabled Enabled Enabled Note: Connection status has the following situations: Link Down, Speed/Duplex/FlowCtrl (link up), and Err-Disabled.
PAGE 814
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 87 System Severity Commands config system_severity [trap | log | all] [emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | information | debug | ] show system_severity 87-1 config system_severity Description This command is used to configure severity level control for the system.
PAGE 815
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 87-2 show system_severity Description This command is used to show the severity level control for a system. Format show system_severity Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 816
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 88 Tech Support Commands show tech_support upload tech_support_toTFTP 88-1 show tech_support Description This command is used to display technical support information. It is especially useful for technical support personnel that need to view the overall device operation information. Format show tech_support Parameters None.
PAGE 817
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide #----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ******************** Basic System Information ******************** [SYS 2000-2-29 22:41:48] Boot Time RTC Time Boot PROM Version Firmware Version Hardware Version Serial number MAC Address [STACKING 2000-2-29 : 29 Feb 2000 17:54:29 : 2000/02/29 22:41:48 : Build 1.00.006 : Build 1.00.
PAGE 818
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: upload tech_support_toTFTP 10.0.0.66 tech_suppport.txt Connecting to server.................. Done. Upload techsupport file............... Done. Success.
PAGE 819
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 89 Time and SNTP Commands config sntp {primary | secondary | poll-interval } (1) show sntp enable sntp disable sntp config time config time_zone {operator [+ | -] | hour | min } (3) config dst [disable | repeating {s_week | s_day | s_mth | s_time
PAGE 820
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 89-2 show sntp Description This command is used to display the current SNTP time source and configuration. Format show sntp Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To show SNTP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show sntp Command: show sntp Current Time Scource SNTP SNTP Primary Server SNTP Secondary Server SNTP Poll Interval : : : : : System Clock Disabled 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.
PAGE 821
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To enable SNTP: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable sntp Command: enable sntp Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 89-4 disable sntp Description This command is used to turn off SNTP support. Format disable sntp Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 822
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the system clock date. - Specify the system clock time. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure time: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config time 30jun2003 16:30:30 Command: config time 30jun2003 16:30:30 Success.
PAGE 823
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 89-7 config dst Description This command is used to change Daylight Saving Time settings.
PAGE 824
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Configure the end month number of DST. The values are 1 to 12. e_time - Configure the end time of DST. - Configure the end time in hh:mm of DST. offset - Specify the number of minutes to add or to subtract during summertime. The range of offsets are 30, 60, 90, and 120. The default value is 60. 30 - Specify 30 minutes to add or to subtract during summertime.
PAGE 825
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show time Command: show time Current Time Source : System Clock Boot Time : 8 Jan 2000 21:44:33 Current Time : 9 Jan 2000 03:25:17 Time Zone : GMT +00:00 Daylight Saving Time : Disabled Offset In Minutes: 60 Repeating From : Apr 1st Sun 00:00 To : Oct last Sun 00:00 Annual From : 29 Apr 00:00 To : 12 Oct 00:00 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 821
PAGE 826
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 90 Traffic Segmentation Commands config traffic_segmentation [ | all] forward_list [null | all | ] show traffic_segmentation {} 90-1 config traffic_segmentation Description This command is used to configure traffic segmentation.
PAGE 827
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show traffic_segmentation {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to be displayed. Note: If no parameter is specified, the system will display all current traffic segmentation tables. Restrictions None.
PAGE 828
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 91 UDP Helper Commands enable udp_helper disable udp_helper config udp_helper add ipif config udp_helper delete ipif config udp_helper udp_port add [time | tacacs | dns | tftp | netbios-ns | netbios-ds | ] config udp_helper udp_port delete [time | tacacs | dns | tftp | netbios-ns | netbios-ds | ] show udp_helper {[udp_port | i
PAGE 829
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable udp_helper Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable the UDP Helper function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# disable udp_helper Command: disable udp_helper Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 91-3 config udp_helper add ipif Description This command is used to add a UDP Helper server address for specific interface of Switch.
PAGE 830
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config udp_helper add ipif System 20.0.0.90 Command: config udp_helper add ipif System 20.0.0.90 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 91-4 config udp_helper delete ipif Description This command is used to delete a UDP Helper server address for specific interface of Switch.
PAGE 831
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters time - Specifies the Time service. The UDP port number is 37. tacacs - Specifies the Terminal Access Controller Access Control System service. The UDP port number is 49. dns - Specifies the Domain Naming System service. The UDP port number is 53. tftp - Specifies the Trivial File Transfer Protocol service. The UDP port number is 69. netbios-ns - Specifies the NetBIOS Name Server service.
PAGE 832
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete a UDP port: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config udp_helper udp_port delete 55 Command: config udp_helper udp_port delete 55 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 91-7 show udp_helper Description This command is used to display the current UDP Helper configuration on the Switch.
PAGE 833
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show udp_helper udp_port Command: show udp_helper udp_port UDP Helper Status : Enabled Application -----------User App1 UDP Port --------------55 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To display the current UDP Helper for System interface: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show udp_helper ipif System Command: show udp_helper ipif System UDP Helper Status : Enabled Interface -----------System Server --------------20.0.0.
PAGE 834
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 92 Utility Commands download [firmware_fromTFTP [ | | ] src_file {[unit | all]} {dest_file } {boot_up} | cfg_fromTFTP [ | | ] src_file {[unit | all]} {[increment | dest_file ]}] download cfg_fromRCP [{username } {} src_file | rcp
PAGE 835
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 92-1 download Description This command is used to download a new firmware or a switch configuration file.
PAGE 836
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To download runtime firmware from a TFTP server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#download firmware_fromTFTP 10.0.0.66 src_file dgs-3420.had dest_file runtime.had Command: download firmware_fromTFTP 10.0.0.66 src_file dgs-3420.had dest_file runtime.had Connecting to server................... Done. Download firmware...................... Done. Please wait, programming flash......... Done.
PAGE 837
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To download a configuration file from an RCP server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#download cfg_fromRCP username rcp_user 172.18.212.106 src_file /home/DGS-3420.cfg Command: download cfg_fromRCP username rcp_user 172.18.212.106 src_file /home/DGS-3420.cfg Connecting to server................... Done. Download configuration................. Done.
PAGE 838
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#download firmware_fromRCP username rcp_user 10.90.90.90 src_file /home/DGS-3420.had Command: download firmware_fromRCP username rcp_user 10.90.90.90 src_file /home/DGS-3420.had Connecting to server................... Download firmware...................... Please wait, programming flash......... Saving current settings to NV-RAM...... Done. Done. Done. Done.
PAGE 839
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify a filter string enclosed by the quotation mark symbol. - Specify a filter string enclosed by the quotation mark symbol. log_toTFTP - Used to upload a log file from the device to a TFTP server. - Specify the IP address of the TFTP server. - Specify the IPv6 address of the TFTP server. - Enter the domain name of the TFTP server here.
PAGE 840
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#upload cfg_toTFTP 10.48.74.121 dest_file c:\cfg\DGS3420.cfg Command: upload cfg_toTFTP 10.48.74.121 dest_file c:\cfg\DGS-3420.cfg Connecting to server.................. Done. Upload configuration.................. Done. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To upload all logs to a TFTP server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#upload log_toTFTP 10.48.74.121 dest_file c:\log\DGS3420.log Command: upload log_toTFTP 10.48.74.
PAGE 841
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide dest_file – Specifies the destination file used. - The pathname specifies the pathname on the RCP server or local device. rcp: - Syntax: rcp: username@ipaddr/directory/filename. Example for FULL path: user_name@10.1.1.1/home/user_name/desxxxx.had. Example for relative path: user_name@10.1.1.1./desxxxx.had. Note: Do not use any blank spaces in the . - Enter the RCP string here.
PAGE 842
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide rcp: - Specify the path on the RCP server or local RCP client. Note: If a user specifies the relative file path, the path search strategy will depend on the server system. For some systems, the current user working directory will be searched first, followed by the environment paths. - Specify the path on the RCP server or local RCP client. unit - (Optinal) Specifies which unit on the stacking system.
PAGE 843
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide path, the path search strategy will depend on the server system. For some systems, the current user working directory will be searched first, followed by the environment paths. - Specify the path name on the RCP server. rcp: - Specify the path name on the RCP server or local RCP client. Syntax: rcp: username@ipaddr/directory/filename. Example for full path: user_name@10.1.1.1/home/user_name/desxxxx.had.
PAGE 844
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide current user working directory will be searched first, followed by the environment paths. - Specify the path name of the RCP server. rcp: - Specify the path name on the RCP server. - Specify the path name on the RCP server. Syntax: rcp: username@ipaddr/directory/filename. Example for full path: user_name@10.1.1.1/home/user_name/desxxxx.had. Example for relative path: user_name@10.1.1.1.
PAGE 845
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Specify a firmware on the device file system. boot_up - Specify as a boot-up file. Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To configure a firmware file to bootup: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config firmware image 2.00.009.had boot_up Command: config firmware image 2.00.009.had boot_up Success.
PAGE 846
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 92-11 show config Description This command is used to display configuration information. The output stream of the configuration data can be filtered by the expression specified at the end of the command. The expression can contain up to three multiple filter evaluations. A filter evaluation begins with a filter type (include, exclude, and begin), followed by up to three filter strings (ex: “stp”).
PAGE 848
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 92-13 config rcp server Description This command is used to configure Remote Copy Protocol (RCP) global server information. This global RCP server setting can be used when the server or remote user name is not specified. Only one RCP server can be configured for each system.
PAGE 849
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator-level users can issue this command. Example To clear the current username of the RCP global server: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config rcp server clear username Command: config rcp server clear username Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 92-15 show rcp server Description This command is used to display Remote Copy Protocol (RCP) global server information. Format show rcp server Parameters None.
PAGE 850
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format ping [ | ] {times | timeout | source_ip } Parameters - Specify the IP address of the host. - Specifies the domain name of the host. This name can be up to 255 characters long. times – (Optional) Specify the number of individual ICMP echo messages to be sent.
PAGE 851
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IPv6 address of the host. times - (Optional) Specify the number of individual ICMP echo messages to be sent. - Specify the number of individual ICMP echo messages to be sent. A value of 0 will send an infinite ICMP echo messages. The maximum value is 255. The default is 0. size - (Optional) Specify the size. - Specify the size.
PAGE 852
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IP address of the destination end station. - Specify the domain name of the destination end station. ttl - (Optional) Specify the time to live value of the trace route request. - Specify the time to live value of the trace route request.
PAGE 853
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the IPv6 address of the destination end station. ttl - (Optional) Specify the time to live value of the trace route request. - Specify the time to live value of the trace route request. This is the maximum number of routers that a trace route packet can pass while seeking the network path between two devices. The range for the TTL is 1 to 60 hops. The default value is 30.
PAGE 854
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format telnet [ | | ] {tcp_port } Parameters - Specify the IP address of the Telnet server. - Specify the domain name of the telnet server. - Specify the IPv6 address of the Telnet server. tcp_port - (Optional) Specify the Telnet server port number to be connected to. If not specified, the default port is 23.
PAGE 855
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable broadcast ping reply state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# enable broadcast_ping_reply Command: enable broadcast_ping_reply Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 92-22 disable broadcast_ping_reply Description The disable broadcast_ping_reply command used to disable broadcast ping reply state, device won’t reply broadcast ping request. Format disable broadcast_ping_reply Parameters None.
PAGE 856
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 857
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 93 Voice VLAN Commands enable voice_vlan [ | vlanid ] disable voice_vlan config voice_vlan priority config voice_vlan oui [add | delete] {description } config voice_vlan ports [ | all] [state [enable | disable] | mode [auto | manual]] config voice_vlan log state [enable | disable] config voice_vlan aging_time show voice_vlan
PAGE 858
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable voice_vlan v2 Command: enable voice_vlan v2 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 93-2 disable voice_vlan Description This command is used to disable the voice VLAN function on a switch. When the voice VLAN function is disabled, the voice VLAN will become unassigned. Format disable voice_vlan Parameters None.
PAGE 859
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To set the priority of the voice VLAN to be six: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config voice_vlan priority 6 Command: config voice_vlan priority 6 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 93-4 config voice_vlan oui Description This command is used to configure the user-defined voice traffic’s OUI.
PAGE 860
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To add a user-defined OUI of a voice device: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-0000 Command: config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Success.
PAGE 861
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config voice_vlan ports 4-6 state enable Command: config voice_vlan ports 4-6 state enable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To set voice VLAN ports 4 to 6 to auto mode: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config voice_vlan ports 4-6 mode auto Command: config voice_vlan ports 4-6 mode auto Success.
PAGE 862
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide timer will be started. The port will be removed from the voice VLAN after expiration of voice VLAN aging timer. If the voice traffic resumes during the aging time, the aging timer will be reset and stop. Format config voice_vlan aging_time Parameters - Specify the aging time. The range is 1 to 65535 minutes. The default value is 720 minutes.
PAGE 863
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show voice_vlan Command: show voice_vlan Voice VLAN State Voice VLAN Priority Aging Time Log State : : : : : Disabled Unassigned 5 720 minutes Enabled DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 93-9 show voice_vlan lldp_med voice_device Description This command is used to display the voice devices that are discovered by LLDP-MED. Format show voice_vlan lldp_med voice_device Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 864
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Remain Time : 120 Seconds Total Entries: 2 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 93-10 show voice_vlan oui Description This command is used to display the OUI information for voice VLAN. Format show voice_vlan oui Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 865
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show voice_vlan ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports to display. Note: If no parameter is specified, all voice VLAN port information will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 866
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display voice VLAN device ports 1 to 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show voice_vlan voice_device ports 1-2 Command: show voice_vlan voice_device ports 1-2 Ports ----- Voice Device ----------------- Start Time ---------------- Total Entries : 0 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 862 Last Active Time -----------------
PAGE 867
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 94 VLAN Commands create vlan tag {type [1q_vlan | private_vlan]} {advertisement} create vlan vlanid {type [1q_vlan | private_vlan]} {advertisement} delete vlan delete vlan vlanid config vlan {[add [tagged | untagged | forbidden] | delete] | advertisement [enable | disable]}(1) config vlan vlanid {[add [tagged | u
PAGE 868
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To create a VLAN with the name “v2” and VLAN ID 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create vlan v2 tag 2 type 1q_vlan advertisement Command: create vlan v2 tag 2 type 1q_vlan advertisement Success.
PAGE 869
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To create a private VLAN with VLAN ID 3: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#create vlan vlanid 3 type private_vlan Command: create vlan vlanid 3 type private_vlan Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 94-3 delete vlan Description This command is used to delete a previously configured VLAN on the switch.
PAGE 870
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete vlan vlanid Parameters - Specify a range of VLAN ID to be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To remove a VLAN ID 2: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#delete vlan vlanid 2 Command: delete vlan vlanid 2 Success.
PAGE 871
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To add 4 through 8 as tagged ports to the VLAN v1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Command: config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# To delete ports 4 through 8 from VLAN v1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config vlan v1 delete 4-8 Command: config vlan v1 delete 4-8 Success.
PAGE 872
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Specify to enable GVRP. disable - Specify to disable GVRP. name - Specify the VLAN name. - The maximum length is 32 characters. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To add 4 through 8 as tagged ports to the VLAN 1: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config vlan vlanid 1 add tagged 4-8 Command: config vlan vlanid 1 add tagged 4-8 Success.
PAGE 873
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify a range of ports to be set. all - Specify to make all ports to be set. gvrp_state - Specify if the port is allowed to dynamically become a member of a VLAN when receiving GVRP. enable - Enable GVRP for the ports specified in the port list. disable - Disable GVRP for the ports specified in the port list.
PAGE 874
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display 802.
PAGE 875
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config gvrp timer join 200 Command: config gvrp timer join 200 Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 94-10 enable gvrp Description This command is used to enable the Generic VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP). The default is disabled. Format enable gvrp Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 876
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable Generic VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP): DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable gvrp Command: disable gvrp Success.
PAGE 877
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide VLAN Type : Static Member Ports : 1-28 Static Ports : 1-28 Current Tagged Ports : Current Untagged Ports: 1-28 Static Tagged Ports : Static Untagged Ports : 1-28 Forbidden Ports : Advertisement : Enabled Total Static VLAN Entries: 1 Total GVRP VLAN Entries: 0 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 94-13 show vlan vlanid Description This command is used to display summary information about each VLAN, which includes: VLAN ID, VLAN Name, T
PAGE 878
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Forbidden Ports : Total Entries : 1 DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 94-14 show vlan ports Description This command is used to display summary information about Tagged, Untagged, and Forbidden status for each port. Format show vlan ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify a range of ports for which you want to display VLAN. The beginning and end of the port list range are separated by a dash.
PAGE 879
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 880
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters - Specify the name of the private VLAN. The maximum length is 32 characters. vid - Specify the VLAN ID of the private VLAN. - Specify the VLAN ID between 2 and 4094. add - Specify to add isolated or community. isolated - Specify the secondary VLAN as an isolated VLAN. community - Specify the secondary VLAN as a community VLAN. remove - Specify to remove the specified private VLAN.
PAGE 881
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show private_vlan Command: show private_vlan Private VLAN 100 -----------------Promiscuous Ports: Trunk Ports : Isolated Ports : Community Ports : Community Ports : 1 2 3-5 6-8 9-10 Private VLAN 200 -----------------Promiscuous Ports: Trunk Ports : Isolated Ports : Community Ports : 11 12 13-15 16-18 Isolated VLAN : 20 Community VLAN: 30 Community VLAN: 40 Isolated VLAN : 50 Community VLAN: 60 DGS
PAGE 882
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 94-19 disable pvid auto_assign Description The command is used to disable the auto-assignment of PVID. If auto-assign PVID is disabled, PVID can only be changed by PVID configuration (user changes explicitly). The VLAN configuration will not automatically change PVID. If auto-assign PVID is enabled, PVID can be changed by PVID or VLAN configuration.
PAGE 883
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the PVID auto-assignment state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#show pvid auto_assign PVID Auto-assignment: Enabled.
PAGE 884
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 95 VLAN Trunking Commands enable vlan_trunk disable vlan_trunk config vlan_trunk ports [ | all] state [enable | disable] show vlan_trunk 95-1 enable vlan_trunk Description This command is used to enable VLAN trunking. When VLAN trunking function is enabled, the VLAN trunk ports shall be able to forward all tagged frames with any VID. Format enable vlan_trunk Parameters None.
PAGE 885
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To disable VLAN trunking: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#disable vlan_trunk Command: disable vlan_trunk Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 95-3 config vlan_trunk ports Description This command is used to configure a port as a VLAN trunking port. By default, none of the ports is a VLAN trunking port.
PAGE 886
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure ports 1 to 5 as VLAN trunking ports: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config vlan_trunk ports 1-5 state enable Command: config vlan_trunk ports 1-5 state enable Success.
PAGE 887
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config vlan_trunk ports 6-7 state disable Command: config vlan_trunk ports 6-7 state disable Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 95-4 show vlan_trunk Description This command is used to display VLAN trunking information. Format show vlan_trunk Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 888
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 96 Web-based Access Control (WAC) Commands enable wac disable wac config wac authorization attributes {radius [enable | disable] | local [enable | disable]}(1) config wac ports [ | all] {state [enable | disable] | aging_time [infinite | ] | idle_time [infinite | ] | block_time []}(1) config wac method [local | radius] config wac default_redirpath config wac
PAGE 889
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the WAC function: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#enable wac Command: enable wac Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 96-2 disable wac Description This command is used to disable the WAC function. Format disable wac Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 890
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters radius - If specified to enable, the authorized data assigned by the RADUIS server will be accepted if the global authorization network is enabled. The default state is enabled. enable - Specify to enable authorized data assigned by the RADIUS server to be accepted. disable - Specify to disable authorized data assigned by the RADIUS server from being accepted.
PAGE 891
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide before it can be re-authenticated.The default value is 60 seconds. - Specify a block time between 0 and 300 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To configure the WAC port state: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config wac ports 1-8 state enable Command: config wac ports 1-8 state enable Success.
PAGE 892
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config wac method radius Command: config wac method radius Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 96-6 config wac default_redirpath Description This command is used to configure the WAC default redirect path. If default redirect path is configured, the user will be redirected to the default redirect path after successful authentication.
PAGE 893
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To clear the WAC default redirect path: DGS-3420-28SC:admin#config wac clear_default_redirpath Success. DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 96-8 config wac virtual_ip Description This command is used to configure the WAC virtual IP address.
PAGE 894
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-9 config wac switch_http_port Description This command is used to configure the TCP port which the WAC switch listens to. The TCP port for HTTP or HTTPs is used to identify the HTTP or HTTPs packets that will be trapped to CPU for authentication processing, or to access the login page. If not specified, the default port number for HTTP is 80, and the default port number for HTTPS is 443.
PAGE 895
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide characters long. vlanid - (Optional) Specify the authentication VLAN ID number. - Specify the authentication VLAN ID number. The VLAN ID must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command.
PAGE 896
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-12 config wac user Description This command is used to change the VLAN associated with a user. Format config wac user [vlan | vlanid | clear_vlan] Parameters - Specify the name of user account which will change its VID. vlan - Specify the authentication VLAN name. - Specify the authentication VLAN name.
PAGE 897
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To show WAC: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show wac Command: show wac Web-based Access Control ----------------------------State : Enabled Method : RADIUS Redirect Path : http://www.dlink.com Virtual IP : 0.0.0.
PAGE 898
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide DGS-3420-28SC:admin# show wac ports 1-3 Command: show wac ports 1-3 Port ------1 2 3 State Aging Time (min) -----------1440 1440 1440 -------Disabled Disabled Disabled Idle Time (min) ---------Infinite Infinite Infinite DGS-3420-28SC:admin# 96-15 show wac user Description This command is used to display WAC user accounts. Format show wac user Parameters None. Restrictions None.
PAGE 899
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wac auth_state ports {} Parameters - (Optional) Specify the list of ports whose WAC authentication state will be displayed. Restrictions None.
PAGE 900
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide - Enter the MAC address here. Restrictions Only Administrator, Operator and Power-User level users can issue this command. Example To clear the WAC authentication state of ports 1 to 5: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# clear wac auth_state ports 1-5 Command: clear wac auth_state ports 1-5 Success.
PAGE 901
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To customize the authenticate page elements: DGS-3420-28SC:admin# config wac authentication_page element notification_line 1 Copyright @ 2011 D-Link All Rights Reserved Command: config wac authentication_page element notification_line 1 Copyright @ 2011 D-Link All Rights Reserved Success.
PAGE 902
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix A Mitigating ARP Spoofing Attacks Using Packet Content ACL How Address Resolution Protocol works Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is the standard method for finding a host’s hardware address (MAC address) when only its IP address is known. However, this protocol is vulnerable because crackers can spoof the IP and MAC information in the ARP packets to attack a LAN (known as ARP spoofing).
PAGE 903
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide request is sent via broadcast, the “Destination address” is in a format of Ethernet broadcast (FFFF-FF-FF-FF-FF). Figure 3 - Ethernet Frame Format When the switch receives the frame, it will check the “Source Address” in the Ethernet frame’s header. If the address is not in its Forwarding Table, the switch will learn PC A’s MAC and the associated port into its Forwarding Table.
PAGE 904
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 6 - ARP Payload When PC B replies to the query, the “Destination Address” in the Ethernet frame will be changed to PC A’s MAC address. The “Source Address” will be changed to PC B’s MAC address (see Figure 7). Figure 7 - Ethernet Frame Format The switch will also examine the “Source Address” of the Ethernet frame and find that the address is not in the Forwarding Table.
PAGE 905
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide How ARP Spoofing Attacks a Network ARP spoofing, also known as ARP poisoning, is a method to attack an Ethernet network which may allow an attacker to sniff data frames on a LAN, modify the traffic, or stop the traffic altogether (known as a Denial of Service – DoS attack). The principle of ARP spoofing is to send the fake, or spoofed ARP messages to an Ethernet network.
PAGE 906
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide A common DoS attack today can be done by associating a nonexistent or any specified MAC address to the IP address of the network’s default gateway. The malicious attacker only needs to broadcast one Gratuitous ARP to the network claiming it is the gateway so that the whole network operation will be turned down as all packets to the Internet will be directed to the wrong node.
PAGE 907
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 13 – Network with Packet Content ACL For the reason that basic ACL can only filter ARP packets based on packet type, VLAN ID, Source, and Destination MAC information, there is a need for further inspections of ARP packets. To prevent ARP spoofing attack, we will demonstrate here via using Packet Content ACL on the Switch to block the invalid ARP packets which contain faked gateway’s MAC and IP binding.
PAGE 908
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Chunk Chunk16 Chunk17 Chunk18 Chunk19 Chunk20 Chunk21 Chunk22 Chunk23 Chunk24 Chunk25 Chunk26 Chunk27 Chunk28 Chunk29 Chunk30 Chunk31 Byte 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 99 103 107 111 115 119 123 Byte 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 Byte 65 69 73 77
PAGE 909
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Step 5: save Save configuration.
PAGE 910
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix B Password Recovery Procedure This chapter describes the procedure for resetting passwords on D-Link switches. Authenticating any user who tries to access networks is necessary and important. The basic authentication method used to accept qualified users is through a local login, utilizing a Username and Password.
PAGE 911
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Command Parameters force_agree - Specify to forcibly agree with the command. reset account The reset account command deletes all the previously created accounts. reset password {} The reset password command resets the password of the specified user. If a username is not specified, the passwords of all users will be reset. show account The show account command displays all previously created accounts.
PAGE 912
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix C System Log Entries The following table lists all possible entries and their corresponding meanings that will appear in the System Log of this Switch.
PAGE 913
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters description: unitID: The unit ID. portNum: The port number. ptp_role: The PTP role of the port. Event description: PTP clock synchronized Log Message: The boundary clock synchronized to its master, the offset value is <+|-> second(s). Parameters description: Offset: The value of the offset between the slave and master. DHCPv6 Client Event description: DHCPv6 client interface administrator state changed.
PAGE 914
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide is used up. Parameters description: : Name of the DHCPv6 Server pool. Event description: The number of allocated ipv6 addresses is equal to 4096 Log Message: The number of allocated ipv6 addresses of the DHCPv6 Server pool is equal to 4096. RCP Parameters description: Event description: Firmware upgraded successfully. Log Message: [RCP(1):] [Unit ,] Firmware upgraded by successfully.
PAGE 915
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters description: session: The user’s session. username: Represent current login user. ipaddr: Represent client IP address. macaddr : Represent client MAC address. Event description: Configuration upload unsuccessfully. Log Message: [RCP(8):]Configuration upload by unsuccessfully. (Username: , IP: , MAC: ) Parameters description: session: The user’s session.
PAGE 916
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide TFTP Client username: Represent current login user. ipaddr: Represent client IP address. macaddr : Represent client MAC address. Event description: Firmware upgraded successfully. Log Message: [TFTP(1):] [Unit ,] Firmware upgraded by successfully (Username: , IP: , MAC: ) Parameters description: UnitID: Represent the id of the device in the stacking system.
PAGE 917
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Log Message: [TFTP(8):]Configuration upload by was unsuccessful! (Username: , IP: , MAC: ) Parameters description: session: The user’s session. Username: Represent current login user. Ipaddr: Represent client IP address. macaddr : Represent client MAC address. Event description: Log message successfully uploaded.
PAGE 918
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters description: ipaddr: The IP address of telnet client. username: the user name that used to login telnet server. Event description: Logout through Telnet. Log Message: Logout through Telnet (Username: , IP: ) Informational Parameters description: ipaddr: The IP address of telnet client. username: the user name that used to login telnet server. Event description: Telnet session timed out.
PAGE 919
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ipaddr: The IP address of the RADIUS server. ingressBandwidth: The ingress bandwidth of RADIUS assign. unitID: The unit ID. portNum: The port number. Username: The user that is being authenticated. Event description: Egress bandwidth assigned from RADIUS server after RADIUS client is authenticated by RADIUS server successfully .This egress bandwidth will be assigned to the port.
PAGE 920
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters description: portNum: The port number. chassisType: chassis ID subtype. Value list: 1. chassisComponent(1) 2. interfaceAlias(2) 3. portComponent(3) 4. macAddress(4) 5. networkAddress(5) 6. interfaceName(6) 7. local(7) chassisID: chassis ID. portType: port ID subtype. Value list: 1. interfaceAlias(1) 2. portComponent(2) 3. macAddress(3) 4. networkAddress(4) 5. interfaceName(5) 6. agentCircuitId(6) 7.
PAGE 921
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide portNum> is unidirectional. Stacking Parameters description: unitID: the unit ID portNum: port number Event description: Hot insertion. Log Message: Unit: , MAC: Hot insertion. Parameters description: unitID: Box ID. Macaddr: MAC address. Event description: Hot removal. Log Message: Unit: , MAC: Hot removal. Informational Informational Parameters description: unitID: Box ID.
PAGE 922
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Log Message: Logout through Web (Username: %S, IP: %S). Parameters description: username: The use name that used to login HTTP server. ipaddr: The IP address of HTTP client. Event description: Successful login through Web(SSL). Log Message: Successful login through Web(SSL) (Username: , IP: ). Parameters description: username: The use name that used to login SSL server.
PAGE 923
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6address: IPv6 address. Event description: Logout. Log Message: Logout through (Username: , IP: ). Informational Parameters description: ipaddr: IP address. username: user name. ipv6address: IPv6 address. Event description: session timed out.
PAGE 924
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide username: user name. Event description: Successful login authenticated by AAA local or none or server. Log Message: Successful login through from < ipaddr | ipv6address > authenticated by AAA > (Username: ). Informational Parameters description: local: specify AAA local method. none: specify none method.
PAGE 925
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide LBD IMPB macaddr: MAC address unitID: The unit ID portNum : The port number Event description: This log will be triggered when the number of authorized users reaches the maximum user limit on the whole device. Log Message: JWAC enters stop learning state. Event description: This log will be triggered when the number of authorized users is below the maximum user limit on the whole device in a time interval (5 min).
PAGE 926
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Event description: Creating IMPB entry failed due to no ACL rule being available. Log Message: Creating IMPB entry failed due to no ACL rule being available(IP:[ | ], MAC: , Port <[unitID:]portNum>) Parameters description: ipaddr: IP address ipv6addr: IPv6 address macaddr: MAC address unitID: The unit ID portNum : The port number Event description: IMPB checks a host illegal.
PAGE 927
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Event description: RPL owner conflict Log Message: RPL owner conflicted on the ring (MAC: ) Parameters description: macaddr: The system MAC address of the node MSTP Debug Event description: Topology changed. Enhancement Log Message: Topology changed [( [Instance: ] ,port:<[unitID:] portNum> ,MAC: )] Parameters description: InstanceID: Instance ID.
PAGE 928
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide revision level changed (name: ,revision level ). Parameters description: name : New name. revision_level:New revision level. Event description: Spanning Tree MST configuration ID VLAN mapping table deleted. Log Message: Spanning Tree MST configuration ID VLAN mapping table changed (instance: delete vlan []). Parameters description: InstanceID: Instance ID.
PAGE 929
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide unitID: Represents the ID of the device in the stacking system. portNum: Represents the logical port number of the MEP. mepdirection: Represents the MEP direction, which can be "inward" or "outward". Event description: Remote MEP detects CFM defects Log Message: CFM remote detects a defect.
PAGE 930
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Log Message: Port link down Parameters description: port: Represents the logical port number. IP & Password Event description: Password change activity Log Message: Unit , Password was changed by [console] (Username: [, IP: ]) Parameters description: unitID: Represents the unit ID username: Represents user name. ipaddr: Represents IP address.
PAGE 931
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix D Trap Entries This table lists the trap logs found on the Switch. Category Trap Name Description MAC-based Access SwMacBasedAccessControlLogge The trap is sent when a MAC-based Access Control dSuccess Control host is successfully logged in.
PAGE 932
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Gratuitous ARP Stacking Port Security Safeguard LBD BPDU Attack Protection Binding objects: (1) swMultiImageVersion agentCfgOperCompleteTrap The trap is sent when the configuration is completely saved, uploaded or downloaded Binding objects: unitID agentCfgOperate agentLoginUserName agentGratuitousARPTrap The trap is sent when IP address conflicted.
PAGE 933
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Binding objects: (1)swBpduProtectionPortIndex (2)swBpduProtectionRecoveryMethod swIpMacBindingViolationTrap When the IP-MAC Binding trap is enabled, if there's a new MAC that violates the predefined port security configuration, a trap will be sent out.
PAGE 934
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide swCFMExtAISCleared SwCFMExtLockOccurred swCFMExtLockCleared Port Trap linkup linkDown MAC Notification swL2macNotification SNMP authenticationFailure (3) dot1agCfmMepIdentifier A notification is generated when local MEP exits AIS status. Binding objects: (1) dot1agCfmMdIndex (2) dot1agCfmMaIndex (3) dot1agCfmMepIdentifier A notification is generated when local MEP enters lock status.
PAGE 935
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix E RADIUS Attributes Assignment The RADIUS Attributes Assignment on the Switch is used in the following modules: 802.1X (Portbased and Host-based), Japanese Web-based Access Control, Web-based Access Control, and MAC-based Access Control. The description that follows explains the following RADIUS Attributes Assignment types: • Ingress/Egress Bandwidth • 802.
PAGE 936
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide The parameters of the Vendor-Specific attributes are: Vendor-Specific Attribute Description Value Usage Vendor-ID Defines the vendor. 171 (DLINK) Required Vendor-Type Defines the attribute. 4 Required Attribute-Specific Field Used to assign the 802.1p default priority of the port. 0-7 Required If the user has configured the 802.1p priority attribute of the RADIUS server (for example, priority 7) and the 802.
PAGE 937
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide 0x01 VLAN name (ASCII) A tag field of greater than 0x1F is interpreted as the first octet of the following field. 0x02 VLAN ID (ASCII) Others (0x00, 0x03 ~ 0x1F, >0x1F) 1. When the Switch receives the VLAN setting string, it will think it is the VLAN ID first. In other words, the Switch will check all existing VLAN IDs for a match. 2. If the Switch can find one match, it will move to that VLAN. 3.
PAGE 938
xStack® DGS-3420 Series Layer 2 Managed Stackable Gigabit Switch CLI Reference Guide authentication is successful, the device will assign the ACL profiles and rules according to the RADIUS server. For more information about the ACL module, please refer to the ‘Access Control List (ACL) Commands’ section.